{"title":"Throw Blankets","description":"\u003cp\u003eA throw is the smallest piece of furniture in the room and the one that gets used every day. The ones here come from Addison Rugs in sherpa and microfiber and from D.V. Kap in woven fabrics, sized for a sofa arm or the end of a bed. They ship in 48 to 72 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eSherpa or woven?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eSherpa and microfiber are the warm, plush choice for a sofa; a woven throw drapes flatter and dresses a bed or a chair.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I wash it?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost microfiber and sherpa throws machine-wash cold and tumble low; the product page gives the care for each.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAbout 50 by 60 inches covers one person on a sofa; 60 by 70 covers two or the foot of a queen bed.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eShipping?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e48 to 72 hours, free in the continental US.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"alaskan-hawk-corded-throw","title":"Alaskan Hawk Corded Throw","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylic \/ Polyester blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corded, hand-cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you want warmth without the bulk, a throw blanket built with real craft makes the difference -- and this one's made to order in California. The Alaskan Hawk Corded Throw, a handcrafted throw blanket available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, wraps you in a 54-by-68-inch acrylic-polyester blend that's light enough to fold and tough enough to last. Its corded edges resist fraying, and the ivory tone layers into coastal, modern farmhouse, or transitional rooms without competing with what you've already got.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's hand-cut and sewn to order in California, which means quality control starts before the first stitch. The corded construction reinforces every edge and surface, so you won't see pilling or loose threads after a few washes. Acrylic-polyester gives you warmth close to wool without the weight -- at five pounds, this throw drapes easily over furniture and folds flat when you're not using it. Every piece is made for you, not pulled from a warehouse shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order as shown -- ivory colorway, 54-by-68-inch dimensions, corded acrylic-polyester construction. D.V. Kap's approach is to deliver a refined, consistent piece rather than a catalog of variables, so what you see here is what arrives. If you're building a full room and want coordinating textures, browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to layer tone and pattern across your sofa or bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. Because it's hand-cut and sewn in California after you place your order, the timeline reflects real craft, not expedited assembly-line work. Once it ships, delivery to the continental USA is free. D.V. Kap stands behind the construction, so you're investing in a piece built to your timeline, not one sitting in a distribution center for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape the Alaskan Hawk across one arm of a sectional, fold it lengthwise over the back cushions, or keep it at the foot of a bed for instant texture. The ivory tone works with linen, jute, and leather, so it layers into \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blanket\u003c\/a\u003e arrangements without clashing. Pair it with cotton or woven \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e on a sofa or accent chair to build depth in open-plan spaces where warmth and style need to coexist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50-by-60-inch or 54-by-68-inch throw covers most sofas comfortably, with the larger dimension offering better coverage for sectionals or two-person use.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order by D.V. Kap -- domestic manufacturing you can trace.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for an acrylic-polyester throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cold water and tumble dry on low heat to preserve the fiber and prevent shrinkage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAcrylic-polyester blends deliver warmth and easy care, cotton offers breathability, and wool maximizes insulation -- choose based on your climate and how often you'll use it.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes Uptown Sebastian offer free shipping on throw blankets?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, free shipping to the continental USA on all orders, no minimum purchase required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330923512084,"sku":"B-1043-AH","price":597.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/alaskan-hawk-corded-throw-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160047"},{"product_id":"alaskan-hawk-throw","title":"Alaskan Hawk Throw","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylic \/ Polyester blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-cut and hand-sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refer to care label; screen variations may affect perceived color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-cut and sewn to order in California from a soft acrylic-polyester blend, this throw delivers warmth and a refined textile presence whether draped over a sofa or layered on a bed. The Alaskan Hawk Throw, a 54x68-inch throw blanket available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, brings artisan-level attention to detail and supports domestic manufacturing with every piece. At five pounds, it offers substantial drape that stays in place on furniture without feeling heavy or restrictive when in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach throw is hand-cut and hand-sewn to order in California, ensuring consistent quality and supporting American textile craftsmanship. The acrylic-polyester blend delivers a soft hand feel while maintaining structural resilience for long-term use, so you get both comfort and durability in a single piece. Every throw is crafted individually once you order, which means attention to detail at every step rather than mass production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order in the ivory colorway shown, with a 54x68-inch footprint that works across furniture styles and room sizes. Because it's crafted individually in California, you're getting a piece built specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock. The warm ivory tone integrates with a wide range of upholstery fabrics, wood finishes, and existing decor schemes across your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. Because each piece is hand-cut and hand-sewn in California, you're waiting for craft, not just fulfillment -- the same attention that makes it durable and beautiful also means it takes time to build. Free shipping to the continental USA is included, and there's no minimum order required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does It Work Best in Your Home?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape the throw along the back or arm of your living room furniture for a casual, layered look, or fold it lengthwise and position it across the seat cushions for a tailored presentation. At 54x68 inches, it's generous enough to cover a loveseat or layer across the foot of a queen bed, offering flexible placement throughout your home. Pair it with coordinating pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collections to introduce texture and warmth across multiple rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 54x68-inch throw like the Alaskan Hawk works well for loveseats and standard three-seat sofas, providing ample coverage without overwhelming the furniture. It's large enough to drape comfortably but compact enough to fold and store when not in use.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEvery Alaskan Hawk Throw is hand-cut and hand-sewn to order in California, supporting American textile craftsmanship and domestic manufacturing. You can trace the origin of your piece directly to a workshop in the USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash an acrylic-polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost acrylic-polyester blends can be machine washed on a gentle cycle with cold water and tumble dried on low, but always refer to the care label sewn into your throw for the manufacturer's specific instructions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throw blankets range from 50x60 to 60x80 inches; the Alaskan Hawk's 54x68-inch size falls comfortably in the middle of that spectrum, making it versatile across furniture and bedding.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes Uptown Sebastian offer free shipping on throws?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, free shipping is included on all orders to the continental USA with no minimum purchase requirement. Learn more about \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/comfort-american-made-furniture\"\u003ecrafting comfort at home with American-made furniture\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330923741460,"sku":"B-1042-AH","price":482.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/alaskan-hawk-throw-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160046"},{"product_id":"callard-corded-throw-snow","title":"Callard Corded Throw - Snow","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snow (White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-cut and sewn to order in California, this throw wraps you in a distinctive corded texture that's built to hold up where you use it most. The Callard Corded Throw in Snow, available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, is an oversized 54 x 68-inch polyester throw blanket made for draping over sofas, layering across beds, or adding tactile warmth to armchairs. At five pounds, it's got the heft to stay put and the neutral white finish to work with any room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one is made to your order in California, hand-cut from durable polyester fabric and sewn with a corded construction that creates raised texture across the surface. Polyester resists wrinkles and fading, so the throw keeps its shape and color through regular use, and the corded finish adds visual depth that smooth fabrics can't match. The five-pound weight gives it a quality feel without being heavy, and the generous dimensions mean real coverage when you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is built to order, so expect 8-10 weeks from the California workshop to your door. Because it's made specifically for you, it qualifies for free curbside delivery to the continental USA but cannot be returned once crafted. The care that goes into hand-cutting and sewing each piece is what makes it worth the wait.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a Corded Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it over one arm of your sofa or fold it lengthwise across the back for layered texture in living rooms, or tuck it at the foot of the bed to pull up on cool nights. The Snow white finish pairs cleanly with the neutrals in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection and adds contrast when draped over darker upholstery or leather seating. It's sized to work across sectionals, sofas, and benches, and the corded texture brings dimension to spaces filled with smooth surfaces -- pair it with pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e range for a cohesive look that layers tone and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is made to order in California and ships in 8-10 weeks from the date you place your order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built: a size, finish or fabric shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee, while a specially requested size or a piece made in your own material is custom and is not returnable except on damage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEvery Callard Corded Throw is handcrafted in California, where it's cut and sewn to order by artisans who oversee quality at each step.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 54 x 68 inches, this throw is larger than the standard 50 x 60-inch size, so it drapes generously over most sofas and sectionals with enough length to tuck into cushions or cascade over arms.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester offers excellent durability, resists wrinkles and fading, and holds up well in high-traffic spaces or homes with pets and kids, making it ideal for throws you'll actually use every day.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash cold on a gentle cycle to preserve the corded texture and Snow white color, then tumble dry low or line dry to maintain the fabric's integrity over time.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330925478164,"sku":"B-1047-S-Cord","price":442.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/callard-corded-throw-snow-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160042"},{"product_id":"callard-throw-snow","title":"Callard Throw - Snow","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White (Snow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-sewn to order in California from durable polyester, this white throw blanket is built for everyday comfort and year-round use. The Callard Throw in Snow -- a 54 x 68 inch throw blanket available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping -- offers clean lines, substantial weight, and a crisp neutral finish that works anywhere. With each piece cut and stitched individually, you're getting California craftsmanship you can see and feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's hand-cut and sewn to order in a California workroom, so every throw is inspected before it ships. The polyester construction resists fading, holds its shape wash after wash, and won't pill or shed the way loosely woven natural fibers sometimes do. At 5 pounds, it has enough heft to drape cleanly over furniture and stay put, but it's never stiff or heavy in your lap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Comes With the Callard Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou get a finished 54 x 68 inch blanket in Snow white -- ready to use the day it arrives. That size gives you full coverage on a standard three-seat sofa or folds neatly at the foot of a queen or king bed. The single-color finish keeps it simple, and the polyester weave means you can toss it in the wash without worrying about shrinkage or color bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Callard throw is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. Because it's sewn individually rather than pulled from warehouse stock, your piece starts production when you place the order. Once it arrives, it's covered by the satisfaction guarantee that applies to every order shipped free to the continental USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a White Throw Blanket Fit Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa or layer it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary textures for a curated, lived-in look. In bedrooms, fold it at the foot of the bed to add a clean accent layer, or pair it with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e for a cohesive finish. The neutral Snow colorway anchors everything from coastal schemes to modern farmhouse interiors, and the durable polyester means it holds up in high-traffic family rooms and guest suites alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a standard couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost sofas pair well with a throw between 50 and 70 inches; the Callard's 54 x 68 dimensions fit three-seat couches comfortably without hanging to the floor.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws typically measure 50 x 60 to 60 x 80 inches, and the Callard's 54 x 68 size falls in the middle of that range.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhy choose polyester over cotton for a throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester resists fading, won't shrink in the wash, and holds its color longer than cotton, making it ideal for high-use spaces and households with kids or pets.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash cold on a gentle cycle and tumble dry low; polyester handles repeated washing better than most natural fibers and won't pill or shed.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause the Callard is sewn to order, review the full return policy at checkout or contact the team to discuss your specific situation.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes Uptown Sebastian offer trade pricing on throw blankets?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, designers, stagers, and commercial buyers can access trade pricing and project support -- reach out to discuss volume orders or hospitality specifications.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330925740308,"sku":"B-1047-S","price":327.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/callard-throw-snow-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160041"},{"product_id":"ermelo-corded-throw-dove","title":"Ermelo Corded Throw - Dove","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester, Acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dove Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nEach Ermelo Corded Throw in Dove is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, delivering a soft grey blanket built for year-round layering across sofas, beds, and accent chairs. The Ermelo Corded Throw in Dove, a 54 x 68 inch throw blanket, is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Weighing five pounds, the polyester-acrylic blend resists pilling and offers warmth without bulk, while subtle corded texture adds depth beyond flat woven alternatives.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's hand-cut and sewn to order in California, ensuring quality control on every piece. The polyester-acrylic fiber blend delivers softness you can feel and durability that holds up in high-use living spaces -- no pilling, no stiffness, no compromise. Corded detailing runs through the textile, creating tactile interest and a refined finish that stands out from basic throws.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order in the Dove grey colorway as shown. The California workshop hand-cuts and sews each blanket after you order, so you're getting a piece crafted for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock. If you're looking for other textures or tones, explore the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e to find coordinating layers.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw blanket is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time. Each piece is hand-cut and sewn in California after you place your order, then ships free to your door anywhere in the continental USA. That build window ensures the craftsmanship you're paying for -- no shortcuts, no stock compromises.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 54x68-Inch Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it lengthwise over one arm of your sofa for an effortless, lived-in look, or fold it at the foot of a queen bed to introduce soft contrast against crisp linens. The 54 x 68 inch coverage works well on full-size sectionals without overwhelming smaller accent chairs. Pair it with pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to build coordinating texture, or layer it across upholstered benches in bedrooms where you want warmth that doesn't add visual weight. The soft grey tone layers easily over cream, navy, and earth-toned upholstery, bridging modern and transitional interiors without competing for attention.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is made to order in California with an 8-10 week lead time, then ships free to the continental USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause each throw is hand-cut and sewn to order, returns are subject to Uptown Sebastian's custom-order policy -- call 833-566-6526 to confirm before ordering if you have questions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA throw measuring 50 to 70 inches covers most sofas well; the Ermelo's 54 x 68 inch dimensions provide full-width coverage without excess overhang.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEach throw is handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order by the D.V. Kap workshop.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester-acrylic throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cold water and tumble dry on low to preserve fiber integrity and color.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eNo assembly is required; the throw arrives hand-sewn and ready to use immediately upon delivery.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330925838612,"sku":"B-1046-D-Cord","price":532.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/ermelo-corded-throw-dove-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160040"},{"product_id":"ermelo-throw-dove","title":"Ermelo Throw - Dove","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester, Acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dove (Grey)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in California from a polyester-acrylic blend, this throw blanket offers the warmth and softness you need for cooler evenings draped across your sofa or layered at the foot of the bed. The D.V. Kap Ermelo Throw in Dove -- a 54 x 68 inch throw blanket -- is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its dove grey finish acts as a neutral anchor that works with warm wood tones or sleek metal accents, while the 5-pound weight feels substantial without being heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's hand cut and sewn to order in California. The polyester-acrylic blend pairs acrylic's soft hand with polyester's resistance to pilling and fading, so the texture stays smooth through regular use. Because each one is crafted individually rather than pulled from warehouse stock, you're getting a piece that's built for you when you place your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ermelo Throw is offered in the dove grey colorway shown -- a versatile mid-tone grey that complements both cool and warm palettes. While this particular design doesn't carry multiple fabric or color options, you'll find plenty of variety across the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows \u0026amp; pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collections if you're looking to layer textures or add pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause this throw is hand cut and sewn to order, you should expect 8-10 weeks from the time you place your order until it ships. That timeline reflects the craft required to cut, sew, and finish each blanket individually in California. Once it leaves the workshop, it ships free to any address in the continental USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa or fold it lengthwise and lay it over the seat back for a relaxed, layered look. The dove grey works beautifully with natural wood, linen upholstery, or even darker leather pieces. Pair it with coordinating \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary textures -- chunky knits, smooth velvets, or printed linens -- to build out a layered living room that feels inviting rather than staged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's handcrafted in California, with each piece hand cut and sewn to order by domestic textile artisans.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause each throw is crafted specifically for your order, returns are generally limited to damaged or defective items -- reach out to our team at 833-566-6526 to discuss your situation.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 54 x 68 inches, this throw offers ample coverage for most standard sofas, allowing you to drape, fold, or tuck it without leaving gaps.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester-acrylic throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle in cold water and tumble dry on low heat to preserve the blend's softness and prevent shrinkage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw come with free shipping?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, Uptown Sebastian offers free curbside delivery on all orders to the continental United States.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a high-use throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester-acrylic blends balance softness, durability, and easy care -- ideal for throws that are handled daily in living rooms or bedrooms.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926362900,"sku":"B-1046-D","price":417.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/ermelo-throw-dove-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160037"},{"product_id":"furocious-corded-throw-cream","title":"Furocious Corded Throw - Cream","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cream \/ Ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in California, USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWhen you want a throw blanket that brings texture and warmth to a sofa or bed without fighting your color scheme, finding the right piece takes care. The D.V. Kap Furocious Corded Throw in cream, available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, is a handcrafted polyester throw that layers well across residential and commercial spaces. Its raised cord construction delivers tactile depth that holds up in high-traffic rooms and photographs beautifully for styled interiors.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEach Furocious Corded Throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, which means real quality control and domestic craft behind every piece. The corded texture comes from precision stitching that creates raised channels across the fabric, giving you visual and tactile interest that stands up to daily use. Polyester fiber resists pilling and fading better than many natural fibers, so the throw keeps its shape and color even in rooms that see a lot of action.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is offered in cream, a neutral ivory tone that complements bold upholstery and blends easily into coastal, Scandinavian, and transitional schemes. While this version is made to order in the cream colorway shown, the corded construction and California craftsmanship remain consistent across every piece.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nBecause every Furocious Corded Throw is hand-cut and sewn to order, expect an 8-10 week lead time from the day you order. That timeline reflects the fact that your piece isn't pulled from a warehouse -- it's made for you in California, which also means it arrives exactly as you specified with no compromise on craft.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape the 54x68-inch throw over one arm of your sectional or fold it lengthwise along the back of a loveseat for layered depth. It pairs well with textured pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or you can place it at the foot of an upholstered bed alongside coordinating items from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e range for a curated, designer-approved look that feels intentional without trying too hard.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n \u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n \u003cdd\u003eThis throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, so the confirmed lead time is 8-10 weeks from the day you place your order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n \u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n \u003cdd\u003eEvery Furocious Corded Throw is handcrafted in California, USA, ensuring domestic quality control and supporting American makers.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n \u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n \u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is cut and sewn specifically for your order, return policies differ from in-stock items -- contact us at 833-566-6526 before ordering if you have questions about your purchase.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n \u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works on a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n \u003cdd\u003eA throw measuring 50 to 60 inches wide and 60 to 70 inches long, like this 54x68-inch piece, drapes well over standard sofas, sectionals, and accent chairs.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n \u003cdt\u003eHow do you style a throw blanket on a sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n \u003cdd\u003eFold the throw lengthwise and drape it over one arm, or spread it across the back cushions for a casual, lived-in look that adds texture without cluttering the sightline.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n \u003cdd\u003ePolyester offers durability and easy care with minimal pilling, while natural fibers like cotton provide breathability -- the best choice depends on your climate and how much maintenance you're willing to handle.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926493972,"sku":"B-1048-C-Cord","price":447.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/furocious-corded-throw-cream-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160035"},{"product_id":"furocious-corded-throw-steel","title":"Furocious Corded Throw - Steel","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel (Grey)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order, corded detail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nHand cut and sewn to order in California, this oversized throw brings textured cord detailing and substantial five-pound drape to sofas, chairs, and beds where you want warmth without bulk. The Furocious Corded Throw in steel grey polyester is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 54 by 68 inches it covers generously without overwhelming your furniture or dragging onto the floor.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Constructed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEach piece is hand cut and sewn to order in a California workshop, so you're not buying stock -- you're commissioning a made-to-order textile. The corded detail runs along the edges, adding dimensional texture you can feel when you pull it over your lap or drape it across an armrest. Polyester offers durability season after season, and at five pounds it stays put when you arrange it rather than slipping off cushions the moment you stand up.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order in the steel grey colorway and polyester material shown. You're ordering exactly what you see -- a neutral grey that works with warm wood tones and cool metal finishes alike, handcrafted in California to the dimensions and weight listed above.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYour throw will be ready in 8-10 weeks, the time it takes to hand cut and sew it in the California workshop. Because it's made for you rather than pulled from a warehouse, you'll wait a bit -- but you'll also receive a textile that was crafted after you ordered it, not months before. Free shipping to the continental USA once it's complete.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally over one arm of a sectional for casual asymmetry, or fold it lengthwise along the back of your sofa to create a layered backdrop when you style \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in front of it. The oversized coverage makes it especially useful in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blanket\u003c\/a\u003e arrangements where you want real warmth, and the neutral grey pairs beautifully with the textures you'll find across our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e when you're layering a bed or reading chair.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is hand cut and sewn to order in California, so it takes 8-10 weeks from the day you order to the day it ships.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built: a size, finish or fabric shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee, while a specially requested size or a piece made in your own material is custom and is not returnable except on damage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eHandcrafted in California, cut and sewn by hand in a U.S. workshop.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works on a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis 54 by 68 inch throw provides generous coverage for most sofas without overwhelming the piece or bunching awkwardly when you drape it over an arm or the back.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes the corded detail go all the way around?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe corded accent adds textural interest along the edges, giving the throw dimensional finish and tactile appeal.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester is durable and easy to maintain, though you should check the care label sewn into your throw for fiber-specific washing instructions when it arrives.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926592276,"sku":"B-1048-ST-Cord","price":447.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/furocious-corded-throw-steel-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160034"},{"product_id":"furocious-corded-throw-swan","title":"Furocious Corded Throw - Swan","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swan (White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand Cut \u0026amp; Sewn to Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in California by artisans who cut and sew every throw to order, this corded blanket brings dimensional texture and clean white warmth to sofas, beds, and accent chairs. The Furocious Corded Throw in Swan, a 54x68-inch polyester throw blanket, is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At five pounds, it drapes with real heft and stays put wherever you tuck it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's hand-cut and sewn to order in California, never pulled from warehouse stock. The corded construction creates raised ridges that run the length of the blanket, adding tactile depth you can see and feel. Polyester fiber holds its shape through daily use, resists wrinkles, and keeps the Swan white finish looking fresh wash after wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Furocious throw is made to order in the Swan white colorway and corded texture shown -- built one at a time in California, so what arrives is exactly what you see here. If you're layering \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e across your space, this neutral white pairs beautifully with bolder patterns and every fabric finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time from the day you place your order. Hand-cut and sewn work takes time, and that wait guarantees you're getting a piece built for you rather than pulled from a bin. Free shipping to the continental USA, and because this is custom-crafted, all sales are final.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a Corded Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it lengthwise across the back of a sofa for balanced texture, or bunch it casually over one arm for that lived-in look. Layer it with smooth linen or velvet pillows on an upholstered bed so the corded ridges stand out. The 54x68-inch size covers a loveseat completely or tucks into the corner of a sectional without overwhelming smaller chairs, and white works in any room from coastal bedrooms to modern living rooms filled with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in every finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eThis throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California with an 8-10 week lead time, so plan ahead if you're furnishing a space on a deadline.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eBecause every Furocious throw is built to order, all sales are final -- we can't restock custom work. We're happy to answer questions before you order: call 833-566-6526.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eHandcrafted in California by artisans who cut and sew each throw one at a time.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n  \u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eMost throws run 50x60 to 54x68 inches; this one measures 54x68, wide enough to drape across a sofa and long enough to tuck into cushions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003ePolyester resists wrinkles, holds color, and stands up to frequent washing, making it ideal for high-traffic spaces where the throw gets daily use.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n  \u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cool water and tumble dry on low heat -- polyester handles laundering better than most natural fibers.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926657812,"sku":"B-1048-S-Cord","price":447.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/furocious-corded-throw-swan-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160033"},{"product_id":"furocious-throw-cream","title":"Furocious Throw - Cream","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cream (Ivory)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nHand-cut and sewn to order in California, this cream throw blanket brings warmth and drape without fighting your furniture. The Furocious Throw Blanket in Cream, a 54-by-68-inch polyester throw available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, weighs five pounds -- enough heft to stay put on a chair arm without feeling heavy. Its neutral ivory finish layers into any room you've already styled.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEvery throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in a California workroom, so two arrive exactly alike but each carries the slight variation that comes from human hands. The polyester holds up to daily use and resists the pilling and snagging that thinner textiles show after a season. At 54 by 68 inches it covers a standard sofa seat or drapes diagonally across the arm with room to tuck under your legs.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made exactly as shown -- the cream ivory colorway and 54-by-68-inch size are fixed. You're ordering a piece built for you rather than pulled from a warehouse, so every throw starts when you place the order. If you're looking for coordinating textures, pair it with pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection or browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e range for complementary weights and finishes.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks, the time it takes to hand-cut, sew, and finish each one to order in California. Once it leaves the workroom, it ships free to any address in the continental United States. You're not buying off a shelf -- you're commissioning a textile built for your home, and that care takes the time it takes.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally over one arm of your sofa for easy reach on cool evenings, or fold it lengthwise along the back cushions when you want a cleaner line. The neutral ivory works in any room -- living spaces styled around our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e, bedrooms that need a light layer at the foot of the bed, reading chairs that could use a bit more comfort. The five-pound weight keeps it from sliding off slick leather or linen upholstery.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks from a California workroom. It's hand-cut and sewn when you order it, not pulled from stock.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is built specifically for you, returns follow made-to-order policies -- contact us before ordering if you have questions about the cream colorway or size.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEvery Furocious throw is handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order in the United States.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost throws measure between 50 by 60 and 60 by 70 inches; this one at 54 by 68 falls right in that range and covers a standard sofa seat.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you clean a polyester throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eGentle machine wash on cold preserves the hand-sewn details, though you can also have it professionally cleaned to keep the drape looking fresh season after season.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw work on leather furniture?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- the five-pound weight keeps it from slipping off smooth leather or tight-weave linen, and the cream ivory reads warm against darker upholstery finishes.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926723348,"sku":"B-1048-C","price":339.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/furocious-throw-cream-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160031"},{"product_id":"furocious-throw-steel","title":"Furocious Throw - Steel","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-cut and hand-sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nHand-cut and sewn to order in California workshops, this polyester throw wraps a sofa or bed in soft, substantial weight that drapes exactly where you want it. The D.V. Kap Furocious Throw in Steel available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 54 by 68 inches, it's sized to cover a standard sofa arm-to-arm or fold lengthwise across the back of your favorite chair, and the steel grey tone works with everything from walnut credenzas to brushed-metal accent tables.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's hand-cut and hand-sewn to order in California. Each one is built from polyester chosen for how it resists pilling and fading -- the kind of wear you get when a throw sees daily use instead of sitting folded in a basket. The 5-pound heft tells you the fabric is dense and substantial, not flimsy, so it drapes with real body and stays put when you toss it across a cushion.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis piece comes in the steel grey colorway shown. Because it's made to order, you're getting a fresh piece straight from the California workshop rather than one that's been sitting in a warehouse -- quality-checked before it ships, with the kind of attention small-batch production allows.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n8-10 weeks from order to delivery. That's the time it takes to hand-cut the fabric, sew each seam, finish the edges, and inspect the piece before it leaves California. You're not pulling this off a shelf -- you're waiting for it to be made, which is how you know it's done right.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a Steel Grey Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm of a linen sofa for asymmetrical texture, or fold it in thirds and lay it along the back of a leather sectional in your living room. The neutral grey anchors contemporary spaces without locking you into a color story, and the oversized dimensions let you pool it casually across \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e or layer it with patterned \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e. It pairs just as easily with warm wood tones as it does with cool metal, so you can move it from the family-room sofa to a bedroom chair and it'll look like it belongs. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows collection\u003c\/a\u003e to build a layered look.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build this throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e8-10 weeks. Each one is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, then inspected before it ships.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose a different color or size?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is offered in the steel grey colorway at 54 by 68 inches. Because it's made to order, you're getting a fresh piece built to those specifications.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eCalifornia. Every piece is hand-cut and hand-sewn in California workshops that specialize in small-batch textile production.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw works for a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 54 by 68 inch throw like this one covers a 72 to 90 inch sofa comfortably, with enough fabric to tuck along the cushions or drape across the back without looking skimpy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I care for a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle in cool water and tumble dry low. Polyester holds up to regular washing better than natural fibers, so this throw can handle real use.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926854420,"sku":"B-1048-ST","price":339.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/furocious-throw-steel-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160030"},{"product_id":"furocious-throw-swan","title":"Furocious Throw - Swan","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White (Swan)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis handcrafted throw blanket is cut and sewn to order in California, built for plush comfort on sofas, beds, and accent chairs. The D.V. Kap Furocious Throw in Swan White is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 5 pounds, it offers comforting weight that stays put without feeling bulky.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEvery piece is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, which means you're not picking from warehouse stock. The polyester fur delivers a soft, plush hand that mimics the tactile appeal of natural fur while staying easy to care for. Each throw is finished individually, ensuring clean seams and even texture across the full 54 x 68 inch drape.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order in the Swan White colorway shown. Because it's crafted specifically for you, it arrives as a finished piece ready to layer onto your furniture -- no configuration options, just the quality you see here, built fresh when you order.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks. That lead time reflects the hand-cutting and sewing work done to order in California -- you'll receive a piece that was made for you, not pulled from a bin. It qualifies for free standard curbside delivery to the continental USA.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it over one arm of your sofa for texture you can see and feel, or fold it lengthwise across the seat back to create visual layers. The clean white pairs with everything in your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection, from coastal neutrals to bold jewel tones. For a layered look, anchor it with accent pieces from your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to pull the palette together, or pair it with cotton or knit \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary tones for added depth.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks from California.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEach throw is handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis 54 x 68 inch throw suits standard three-seat sofas and sectionals, while smaller throws work better for loveseats and accent chairs.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I care for a polyester fur throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash cold on gentle cycle and tumble dry low, or follow the care label specific to fur-style polyester to maintain the plush texture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes it arrive ready to use?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, the throw arrives finished and ready to drape -- no assembly required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926887188,"sku":"B-1048-S","price":339.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/furocious-throw-swan-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160029"},{"product_id":"gene-corded-throw-grey","title":"Gene Corded Throw - Grey","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, built for the kind of warmth and texture that mass-produced bedding never delivers. The Gene Corded Throw Grey, a 54x68-inch throw blanket, is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Raised cording runs across the surface, catching light and adding weight that drapes naturally over furniture without going stiff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one is individually cut and sewn in California after you order it -- nothing is pulled from warehouse stock. The corded construction adds dimension you can see and feel, with textured ridges woven into durable polyester fiber that holds its shape through regular use. At five pounds it has real presence without feeling heavy, and the polyester resists wrinkling better than cotton or linen blends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gene Corded Throw is offered in grey, a neutral that layers well with existing palettes. Because it's made to order in California, you're getting the same careful construction on every piece -- no shortcuts, no off-spec seconds. If you're building out a bedroom or den, browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection for coordinating textiles that share this level of craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat timeline reflects the hand-cut, sewn-to-order process in California -- real people cutting fabric and running seams, not an overseas factory line. Once it ships, delivery to the continental USA is free. There's no warranty disclosure for soft goods like this, but the construction quality is built to last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 54x68 Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it diagonally across one arm of a sofa for an inviting layered look, or fold it lengthwise along the back cushions so it's within reach on cool evenings. The corded texture plays well against smooth upholstery, and the grey colorway ties together rooms anchored by pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e range. It's generous enough to cover a reading chair or the foot of a bed, and at 54x68 inches it offers more coverage than the standard 50x60 throw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe Gene Corded Throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, with a build time of 8-10 weeks before it ships.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's handcrafted in California by artisans who cut and sew each throw individually -- American manufacturing from start to finish.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is cut and sewn specifically for your order, return policies differ from in-stock goods; call 833-566-6526 to discuss your situation before placing the order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 54x68 inches, this throw covers most standard sofas and sectionals with room to tuck or drape. Standard throws run 50x60, so this one offers a bit more reach.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFollow the care label on your throw; polyester generally handles machine washing on gentle cycles better than natural fibers and resists wrinkling.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw ship for free?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- free standard curbside delivery to the continental USA on all orders, no minimum purchase required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330926919956,"sku":"B-1045-G-Cord","price":382.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/gene-corded-throw-grey-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160028"},{"product_id":"gene-corded-throw-ivory","title":"Gene Corded Throw - Ivory","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States (handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-cut and sewn to order in California, this corded throw delivers the texture and craftsmanship you want in a piece that's built for everyday layering. The D.V. Kap Gene Corded Throw in ivory -- a 54x68-inch throw blanket available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping -- brings you distinctive corded detailing, durable polyester construction, and a neutral ivory tone that works with whatever you've already got going on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's hand-cut and sewn to order at the maker's California workroom, so each piece gets individual attention rather than running off a production line. The corded design creates visual depth and a tactile surface that sets it apart from flat-woven or jersey throws, and the polyester fibers hold up to regular draping, folding, and washing without fading or pilling the way natural fibers sometimes do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order in the ivory colorway shown, with the signature corded texture that defines the Gene collection. Because it's built for you rather than pulled from stock, you're ordering a piece that's cut and sewn specifically for your home -- just know that the made-to-order process means you'll commit to the color and size when you place the order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 8-10 weeks from order to arrival. That's the time the California workroom needs to hand-cut, sew, and finish your throw before it ships. It's longer than grabbing something off a shelf, but it's also the lead time that ensures your piece is crafted with care rather than rushed through a factory queue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it over the arm or back of a sofa to introduce texture without adding pattern, or fold it lengthwise and layer it across the seat when you want an inviting, put-together look. The 54x68-inch size gives you generous coverage on standard seating, and the neutral ivory tone pairs beautifully with other pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection. For bedrooms, layer it across the foot of the bed alongside coordinating \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e, or keep one folded in a basket beside a reading chair for whenever you want to settle in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, so expect 8-10 weeks from order to delivery. That lead time ensures the piece is crafted with the attention it deserves.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's handcrafted in California, supporting domestic manufacturing and ensuring quality control at every step of the cutting and sewing process.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is built specifically for you, made-to-order items are generally final sale unless there's a defect or error in production. Reach out before ordering if you have questions about fit or color.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works best for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA throw between 50x60 and 60x80 inches covers most sofas well; this 54x68-inch throw offers generous coverage without overwhelming standard seating or looking bulky when draped.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cold water, then tumble dry on low heat or air dry to preserve the corded texture and prevent shrinkage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw work with other D.V. Kap pieces?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAbsolutely -- the ivory tone and corded texture pair beautifully with coordinating pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and you can layer it with pillows in complementary tones for a curated, layered look.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330927018260,"sku":"B-1045-I-Cord","price":382.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/gene-corded-throw-ivory-uptown-sebastian.jpg?v=1747160026"},{"product_id":"gene-throw-grey","title":"Gene Throw - Grey","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nHandcrafted in California from premium polyester, this throw blanket offers the drape and durability you expect from a piece built one at a time. The Gene Throw in Grey, available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, arrives hand-cut and sewn to your order -- no warehouse stock, no mass production. At 54 by 68 inches it covers a full sofa arm or folds neatly at the foot of a bed, and the neutral grey works with nearly any palette.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's hand-cut and sewn to order in California, which means the fabric is laid, measured, and stitched by hand after you place your order. Polyester construction gives you wrinkle resistance and easy care without sacrificing hand-feel, and the 5-pound weight anchors the throw in place on furniture without feeling heavy. You're ordering American craft, not a production run.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is offered in the grey colorway shown, hand-cut to the 54 x 68 inch dimension. Because it's made to order, each piece receives the same artisan attention -- consistent quality, start to finish. If you're looking to layer textures across your seating, browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection or pair it with coordinating pieces from \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to tie a room together.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks, hand-cut and sewn after your order is placed. That timeline reflects genuine made-to-order craft -- the fabric isn't sitting on a shelf waiting to ship. Once it arrives, you'll have a piece built specifically for you, backed by Uptown Sebastian's 100% satisfaction guarantee.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a Grey Throw Like This Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it over one arm of a sofa for a lived-in look, fold it lengthwise along the back cushions for something more tailored, or layer it at the foot of a bed to add dimension. The neutral grey pairs beautifully with wood tones, leather, linen, and bolder accent colors, so it slots into modern, transitional, and traditional rooms alike. For more ideas on layering texture across your furniture, explore the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is this throw compared to a standard blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws run about 50 by 60 inches; this one measures 54 by 68 inches, so you get extra length for taller furniture or floor-to-seat draping.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause each piece is hand-cut and sewn to your order, returns follow Uptown Sebastian's made-to-order policy -- contact the team at 833-566-6526 before placing your order if you have questions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw actually made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn after you order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I care for a polyester throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester is forgiving -- spot-clean as needed, or follow the care tag that ships with your throw. It resists wrinkling and holds up well to regular use.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw ship free?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, free standard curbside shipping to the continental USA on every order, no minimum.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw works best on a sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAnything between 50 and 70 inches covers most couches comfortably; this 54 by 68 inch size drapes beautifully over standard sofas and sectionals.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330927542548,"sku":"B-1045-G","price":267.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/gene-throw-grey-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160025"},{"product_id":"gene-throw-ivory","title":"Gene Throw - Ivory","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nSearching for a throw that brings handcrafted quality to everyday comfort? This ivory throw blanket is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, giving you soft, durable polyester you can drape across a sofa or fold at the foot of a bed. The Gene Throw -- Ivory by D.V. Kap is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Measuring 54 by 68 inches, it offers enough coverage to layer over furniture or wrap yourself on cool evenings, and its neutral ivory tone works across warm or cool color schemes without competing for attention.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order after you place your order. That made-to-order approach means each piece receives individual attention during cutting and stitching rather than running off a conveyor belt, and the polyester construction delivers a 5-pound weight that balances softness with resilience for daily use and easy laundering.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Choose Color or Size on This Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis model is available in ivory at the 54-by-68-inch size shown. Because it's made to order, you're getting a piece crafted specifically for your purchase rather than pulled from warehouse stock, which ensures consistent quality control even though the color and dimensions are set.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nExpect 8-10 weeks from order to delivery, since each throw is hand-cut and sewn in California only after you buy. That lead time reflects real craft rather than mass production, and once it ships you'll receive free curbside delivery anywhere in the continental United States.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does an Ivory Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally over one arm of your sofa for an effortless look, or fold it lengthwise across the back of a chair to add texture without fuss. The ivory tone complements both contemporary \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e and classic upholstery, and you can layer it with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in coordinating or contrasting shades to build depth across your seating. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to find pieces that share the same handcrafted ethos.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw works for a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 54-by-68-inch throw like this one provides enough length to drape over a sofa arm or fold across the back of most three-cushion frames without bunching.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is made to order in California and ships in 8-10 weeks, reflecting the hand-cutting and sewing that goes into each piece.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order in the USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost polyester throws tolerate machine washing on a gentle cycle in cold water and tumble-dry on low to preserve texture, though always check the care label that ships with your piece.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this come with free shipping?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- Uptown Sebastian ships free to the continental United States on every order, no minimum purchase required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330927608084,"sku":"B-1045-I","price":267.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/gene-throw-ivory-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160024"},{"product_id":"poodle-throw-blue","title":"Poodle Throw - Blush","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blush Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nHand-cut and sewn to order in California, this oversized microfiber throw delivers silky softness and delicate pastel warmth for draping across sofas, beds, or accent chairs. The Poodle Throw in Blush, a 54x68-inch throw blanket by D.V. Kap, is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 5 pounds, it's lightweight enough to reposition easily while offering full coverage that extends well beyond standard throw sizes.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEach throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, supporting domestic craftsmanship and custom production runs. The polyester microfiber construction delivers a soft-to-the-touch feel that stays cozy year-round without the bulk of heavier blankets. That handcrafted process means every piece is made for you once you order, never pulled from warehouse stock.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order in the Blush colorway as shown -- a delicate pastel pink that complements neutral palettes, transitional interiors, and modern coastal schemes. While the fabric and color are set for this style, D.V. Kap's made-to-order model means your throw is cut and sewn fresh when you place your order, ensuring you receive a piece crafted specifically for your home rather than something that's been sitting on a shelf.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nBecause each throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, expect an 8-10 week lead time from order to delivery. That timeline reflects the custom production process and the fact that nothing ships until it's finished just for you. Free standard curbside delivery is included on all continental USA orders, and polyester microfiber throws carry manufacturer care guidance you can follow at home.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 54x68-Inch Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally over one arm of your sofa or fold it lengthwise across the seat back for a relaxed layered look that's easy to pull down when you need warmth. The oversized 54x68-inch footprint provides generous coverage for standard sofas and queen beds, making it equally at home in your living room or across the foot of your bed. Pair it with coordinating pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection or layer it into a full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e arrangement for added texture and color.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build this throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEach throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California with an 8-10 week lead time from order to delivery, ensuring you receive a freshly made piece rather than warehouse stock.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is custom-made for you, return policies differ from in-stock items -- contact us at 833-566-6526 or operations@uptownsebastian.com to discuss your specific situation before ordering.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works best for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 54x68-inch throw like the Poodle provides generous coverage for standard sofas and sectionals, allowing you to drape, fold, or tuck the blanket for varied styling without it looking undersized.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws range from 50x60 to 54x68 inches, with this throw's 54x68-inch dimensions placing it at the larger end for extra drape and coverage across furniture or bedding.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber offers a silky texture and easy care, while cotton provides breathability and natural fiber appeal -- this throw's microfiber construction prioritizes softness and warmth without adding bulk.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow should I care for a microfiber throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eConsult the care label for manufacturer-specific guidance; many polyester microfiber throws can be machine-washed on a gentle cycle and tumble-dried on low heat to maintain their soft texture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330928427284,"sku":"B-1050-B","price":357.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/poodle-throw-blue-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160012"},{"product_id":"poodle-throw-grey","title":"Poodle Throw - Grey","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nHand cut and sewn to order in California, the Poodle Throw delivers lightweight warmth you'll reach for year-round without adding bulk to your sofa or bed. This grey polyester throw blanket measuring 54 x 68 inches is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At five pounds, it strikes the balance between cozy enough to curl up with and light enough to drape casually across furniture.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEach throw is hand cut and sewn to order in California, so you're getting a piece crafted specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock. The polyester construction holds up to daily use -- tossed over the couch, pulled onto your lap during movie nights, draped across the foot of the bed -- while keeping its shape and softness over time. California artisans handle every step, ensuring quality control from cutting to the final seam.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Customize on This Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order in the grey colorway and 54 x 68 inch size as shown. Since it's crafted for you rather than stocked, you're ordering a piece that hasn't been sitting in a warehouse, but the material, color, and dimensions are as listed. That handcrafted approach means attention to detail on every throw that leaves the workroom.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time. California artisans hand cut and sew each piece after you order, so it arrives fresh from the workroom rather than a warehouse shelf. Once it ships, free standard curbside delivery to the continental USA is included.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 54 x 68 Inch Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis size drapes beautifully across standard sofas and loveseats, whether you fold it lengthwise across the back or toss it diagonally over one arm. It's equally at home across the foot of a bed, draped over an upholstered bench, or layered with textured pillows from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection for depth. The neutral grey coordinates with everything from modern neutrals to traditional schemes, so it works in living rooms, bedrooms, or even layered over dining chairs. Pair it with other pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to build a cohesive, comfortable look.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take for a made-to-order throw to arrive?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is hand cut and sewn in California with an 8-10 week lead time, then ships free via standard curbside delivery to the continental USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a custom-made throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is hand cut and sewn to order, Uptown Sebastian's return policies for made-to-order items apply; contact us at 833-566-6526 to discuss your specific situation.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost sofas work well with throws between 50 and 70 inches; this 54 x 68 inch throw fits standard sofas and loveseats comfortably without overwhelming the frame.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEvery Poodle Throw is handcrafted in California by American artisans who hand cut and sew each piece to order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester throws typically do well with gentle machine washing in cold water on a delicate cycle, though handcrafted pieces may benefit from professional cleaning to preserve seam integrity.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat makes polyester a good choice for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester delivers lightweight warmth without overheating, holds its shape through daily use, and stands up to tossing, draping, and washing better than many natural fibers.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330928591124,"sku":"B-1050-P","price":357.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/poodle-throw-grey-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160009"},{"product_id":"poodle-throw-ivory","title":"Poodle Throw - Ivory","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (Handcrafted in California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional cleaning recommended; screen colors may vary from actual product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nEvery Poodle Throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California, delivering plush polyester texture and warmth you can feel the moment you reach for it. The Poodle Throw - Ivory available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 54 by 68 inches, it's generous enough to drape across a sofa or fold at the foot of a bed, and at five pounds, it's light enough to reposition whenever you want a fresh layer.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nEach one is custom-crafted in California by hand -- cut and sewn to your order, never pulled from warehouse stock. That means the plush polyester fabric is measured, cut, and assembled after you place your order, so you're getting a piece built for you rather than one that's been sitting on a shelf. The ivory colorway is a true neutral that works with coastal palettes, modern farmhouse schemes, and everything in between.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order in the ivory colorway shown, with the signature poodle-textured polyester that gives it its soft, tactile finish. Because it's built after you order, you're guaranteed the same fresh California craftsmanship on every piece. If you're looking for more textures or colors, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for handcrafted options that pair beautifully with this one.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks, hand-sewn to order in California. Because it's custom-crafted rather than warehoused, you'll wait a bit longer than you would for a stock piece, but you're getting American-made quality and attention to detail that shows the moment you unfold it. Free shipping to the continental USA, and the plush polyester construction is built to last season after season.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it lengthwise over one arm or fold it across the back of your sofa for an inviting, casual look that adds texture without fuss. Layer it with pillows from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to build depth, or toss it over a reading chair in the bedroom. At 54 by 68 inches, it's large enough to cover a twin bed footboard or wrap around you on cool evenings, and the ivory tone works with nearly every color you've already got in the room.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEvery Poodle Throw is handcrafted in California, hand-cut and sewn to order in a workshop that specializes in custom American textiles.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw works for a standard couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost sofas pair well with a throw between 50 and 70 inches long; this 54-by-68-inch size gives you ample coverage for draping or folding without overwhelming the piece.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eProfessional cleaning is recommended to preserve the plush poodle texture and keep the ivory color bright. Avoid home washing machines, which can mat the fabric.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes the color look exactly like the photo?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eScreen settings vary, so the ivory shade may appear slightly warmer or cooler in person than it does on your monitor. The actual throw is a soft, neutral ivory that complements most palettes.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw ship free?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, all orders to the continental USA ship free with no minimum purchase, and the throw arrives ready to drape.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330928656660,"sku":"B-1050-I","price":357.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/poodle-throw-ivory-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160008"},{"product_id":"poodle-throw-white","title":"Poodle Throw - White","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 in. W x 68 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.0 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-cut and sewn to order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA (California)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you want plush softness that's built to order in the USA, this white polyester throw delivers artisan quality you can feel. The Poodle Throw in White available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping is a 54 x 68 inch blanket hand-cut and sewn in California, generous enough to drape over a full sofa or layer across a bed for instant warmth and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach throw is hand-cut and sewn to order in California using plush polyester chosen for its durability and cozy feel. The 5-pound weight gives it substance so it stays put when draped and doesn't slip off furniture, while the handcrafted construction means every stitch supports American manufacturing. This isn't warehoused -- it's made for you once you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order with a confirmed lead time of 8-10 weeks from the date you place your order. That build window reflects the time needed for hand-cutting, sewing, and quality control in California. Free shipping to the continental USA is included, and you're investing in a piece built specifically for you rather than pulled from stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a White Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape this over the arm or back of seating for instant texture, or fold it at the foot of a bed to invite coziness. The clean white pairs with any palette -- modern, farmhouse, coastal -- and layers beautifully with additional \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary neutrals or with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e that echo the same softness. At 54 x 68 inches it's large enough to cover a standard sofa seat or work as a layering piece across bedroom furniture, and the plush polyester adds tactile interest without committing to a specific color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw is made to order in California with a confirmed lead time of 8-10 weeks, then ships free to the continental USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is hand-cut and sewn specifically for your order, custom pieces are typically final sale -- contact us at 833-566-6526 before ordering if you have questions about the material or size.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eEach throw is handcrafted in California, supporting American artisans and domestic manufacturing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA standard throw for a couch measures 50 to 60 inches wide; this 54 x 68 inch throw provides generous coverage for most sofas and loveseats.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash gently in cold water and tumble dry on low; always check the care label for manufacturer-specific guidance.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you style a throw blanket on a sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eDrape it diagonally across one corner, fold it over the back, or casually bunch it on an arm for a lived-in, inviting look that adds warmth and texture to your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"D.V. Kap","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47330928754964,"sku":"B-1050-C","price":357.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/products\/poodle-throw-white-uptown-sebastian-1.jpg?v=1747160007"},{"product_id":"abstract-clouds-throw-blanket","title":"Abstract Clouds 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber (front and backing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mink-touch polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taupe, Blue, Green, Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine-made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThe Abstract Clouds 50x70-inch throw blanket is crafted in the USA with fade-resistant polyester microfiber built for year-round softness and easy care. This made-to-order Abstract Clouds throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its oversized dimensions drape generously across sofas or layer at the foot of a bed, and the dual-texture design -- plush mink-touch front paired with warm sherpa backing -- delivers comfort you can feel without the weight.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's machine-made with 100% polyester microfiber on both sides -- a mink-touch finish on the front for luxurious softness and a sherpa backing that holds warmth close. Final crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, and the fade-resistant construction keeps the cloud-like motif vibrant whether you're using it indoors or in a covered outdoor space. At just 2.5 pounds, the blanket stays lightweight enough to move between rooms yet substantial enough to wrap two people comfortably.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou can select from four color options -- Taupe, Blue, Green, or Gray -- each featuring the same abstract cloud pattern that complements modern, farmhouse, and coastal decor. The transitional motif and 50x70-inch size are standard across all colors, so your choice comes down to the palette that works with your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e and existing furniture. Every blanket is made to order, ensuring you receive a piece built specifically for you rather than one pulled from a warehouse shelf.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw blanket is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. Because it's crafted on demand, there's a lead time between when you place your order and when it arrives at your door, but that wait guarantees you're getting a piece built fresh rather than sitting in stock. Free standard curbside delivery to the continental USA is included, and the blanket ships complete and ready to use.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape the Abstract Clouds throw lengthwise across the back of your sofa, or fold it in thirds and layer it over one armrest for a casual textured look. Pair it with solid \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e from the same color family to create a curated vignette without overwhelming the space, or toss it over an accent chair to introduce pattern where your room needs it. At the foot of a bed, fold the blanket alongside coordinating pillows to anchor your bedroom -- the 50x70-inch size offers enough length to drape fully without bunching. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to layer textures across your rooms.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis blanket is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. Every piece is crafted fresh when you order it, which is why there's a lead time before it arrives at your door.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this blanket is built specifically for you, returns on made-to-order items follow different rules than stock pieces. Contact the store directly to discuss your situation before ordering if you have concerns.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket should I use for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50x70-inch oversized throw provides ample coverage for standard sofas 72 to 90 inches wide, allowing the blanket to drape fully across cushions or wrap two seated users comfortably.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate. The work is completed domestically to ensure quality control through every step.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on the gentle cycle with cold water, then tumble dry on low heat to preserve the mink-touch finish and sherpa backing. The polyester microfiber dries quickly and maintains its softness through repeated washing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket that gets used every day?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber resists fading, dries quickly, and stays soft through repeated washing, which makes it ideal for high-use throws on couches or outdoor furniture where durability matters as much as comfort.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675505492244,"sku":"ASB36BE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675505525012,"sku":"ASB36BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675505557780,"sku":"ASB36GN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675505590548,"sku":"ASB36GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Abstract-Clouds-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789463629"},{"product_id":"angled-checks-throw-blanket","title":"Angled Checks 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester (microfiber front, sherpa backing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown, Blue, Green, Purple, Teal, Taupe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle, tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis throw blanket is crafted in the USA with domestic processing and built to deliver both warmth and easy care -- soft polyester microfiber on the front, warm sherpa backing on the reverse. The Angled Checks 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket by Addison Rugs is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its generous 50-by-70-inch size covers you fully on a sofa or adds a cozy layer at the foot of your bed, and the fade-resistant polyester holds its color indoors or in covered outdoor spaces.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes This Throw Different?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThe dual-texture construction gives you options -- drape it microfiber-side-up for a smooth, decorative look, or flip it sherpa-side-up when you want serious warmth. The stacked triangle pattern in angled checks brings a modern, transitional feel that works across decor styles, and at 50 by 70 inches this blanket offers more coverage than standard throws without dragging on the floor. Final crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so quality control follows domestic standards from start to finish.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCan You Choose the Color?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYes -- this throw is available in six colors: Brown, Blue, Green, Purple, Teal, and Taupe. Select the one that complements your space when you place your order, and Uptown Sebastian will build it to that specification. Since the piece is made to order, you're choosing exactly what you want rather than taking what's already on a shelf.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n8-10 weeks. Because this throw is made to order, production begins once you place your order and runs through domestic crafting facilities. That timeline ensures each blanket is built to your color choice and meets quality standards before it ships, and once it leaves the workshop you'll receive free standard curbside delivery to any address in the continental USA.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Use a Throw This Size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it lengthwise over the back of your sofa for a clean, folded look, toss it across one arm for easy access, or bunch it in the corner of a sectional for a relaxed, lived-in feel. Pair it with coordinating \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to layer texture and color throughout your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or place it at the foot of your bed as a bed-end accent that adds warmth without competing with your duvet. The 50-by-70-inch size works well on most standard sofas and provides full-body coverage for one person or lap coverage for two.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, which means quality control and assembly follow American manufacturing standards.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eUptown Sebastian offers a 100% satisfaction guarantee -- contact the team at operations@uptownsebastian.com or 833-566-6526 to discuss returns or exchanges on custom-built items.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a sherpa throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle with cold or warm water, then tumble dry on low heat to preserve both the microfiber front and the sherpa backing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50-by-70-inch throw like this one provides generous coverage for most standard sofas without dragging on the floor, and it's large enough to wrap around one or two people comfortably.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs polyester microfiber fade-resistant?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- the polyester fiber construction holds color integrity in indoor rooms and covered outdoor areas exposed to indirect light, so the angled checks pattern stays vibrant over time.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I use this throw outdoors?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's built for covered outdoor areas like screened porches or patios with overhead protection, where the fade-resistant polyester performs well without direct weather exposure.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675506573588,"sku":"ASB632BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675506606356,"sku":"ASB632BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675506639124,"sku":"ASB632GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675506671892,"sku":"ASB632PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675506704660,"sku":"ASB632TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675506737428,"sku":"ASB632TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Angled-Checks-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789412715"},{"product_id":"aztec-throw-blanket","title":"Aztec 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory, Teal, Brown, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine wash gentle cycle, tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nCold nights and sparse seating call for a generously sized throw that works indoors and out -- the Aztec 50-inch by 70-inch throw blanket pairs southwestern geometric patterns with sherpa-backed warmth you can feel. The Aztec throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Fade-resistant polyester microfiber on the face and plush sherpa on the reverse create a reversible layer designed for couches, beds, and covered outdoor furniture where cotton alone won't cut it.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted from polyester microfiber that holds dye through repeated washing and resists UV degradation in covered outdoor spaces. The sherpa backing adds insulation without adding bulk, and the whole thing goes through domestic processing in the USA using an imported substrate. At 2.5 pounds, it's light enough to move between rooms but substantial enough to stay draped across furniture when you get up.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou'll pick from four colorways -- Ivory, Teal, Brown, and Black -- each carrying the same Aztec geometric motif. The pattern coordinates with rustic, modern, and eclectic interiors, so it works whether you're layering it over a leather sofa in the den or folding it across the foot of a platform bed.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order and takes 8-10 weeks to reach you. Every piece is crafted after you place your order, so you're getting a blanket processed specifically for your home rather than one pulled from warehouse stock.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm for asymmetric interest, or fold it lengthwise into thirds and lay it across the seat back as a backdrop. Pair the Aztec pattern with neutral \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e on sectionals, or layer it over a solid quilt in open-plan spaces where the living room flows into the dining area. Browse more layering options in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50-inch by 70-inch throw covers a standard three-seat sofa arm-to-arm or drapes across a loveseat with overhang on both sides.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws measure 50 to 60 inches wide by 60 to 70 inches long -- smaller than twin-bed blankets but large enough for single-person coverage on furniture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash this throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cold or warm water, then tumble dry on low heat to preserve the sherpa backing texture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber resists fading and pilling while offering easy machine care, making it ideal for high-traffic living spaces and homes with pets or children.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this blanket is crafted to order, return policies differ from in-stock items -- contact us before ordering if you have questions about your selection.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes the Aztec pattern work outdoors?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, the fade-resistant polyester holds up in covered outdoor spaces like screened porches or under patio awnings, though it's not designed for full sun or rain exposure.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675514175764,"sku":"ASB178TA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675514208532,"sku":"ASB178PC50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675514241300,"sku":"ASB178BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":51675514274068,"sku":"ASB178MI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Aztec-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789464860"},{"product_id":"bohemian-throw-blanket","title":"Bohemian 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber (front), sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Chocolate, Gray, Green, Lavender, Orange, Purple, Red, Brown, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA (domestic processing on imported substrate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable, gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis oversized throw blanket is made to order in the United States, pairing a soft polyester microfiber front with a warm sherpa backing for all-season comfort. The Bohemian 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. You choose from ten fade-resistant colors to match your décor, and the piece arrives ready to layer across furniture or fold at the foot of a bed.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted domestically on an imported substrate, with final processing completed in the USA. The microfiber front is machine-woven for consistent softness, and the sherpa backing is bonded to provide warmth without adding bulk. Transitional bohemian motifs run across the face, and the polyester construction resists fading indoors and in covered outdoor spaces like screened porches.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou select your color when you order:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLavender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nEach is made fresh when you place your order, so you get exactly the shade you want rather than settling for what's in stock.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n8-10 weeks. Because this throw blanket is made to order, domestic production schedules your piece into the queue and completes it on your timeline. You're investing in a blanket built for you, not pulled from warehouse inventory, and free shipping to the continental USA is included on every order.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Blanket Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa for a relaxed, inviting look, or fold it lengthwise and layer it over the seat back for a more structured presentation. Pair it with coordinating pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to tie the color through the room, or anchor it at the foot of the bed as a bohemian accent layer. The 50\" x 70\" dimensions cover most standard furniture generously, and the fade-resistant polyester makes it ideal for high-use \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blanket\u003c\/a\u003e applications both indoors and on covered patios.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e8-10 weeks from order to delivery, because each blanket is made fresh in the USA rather than warehoused.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the fabric or finish?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYou choose from ten polyester microfiber colors; the construction and sherpa backing are standard across all options.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eDomestically processed in the USA on an imported substrate, with final crafting and quality control completed stateside.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e50\" x 70\" covers most standard sofas fully, providing enough fabric to drape across the back or tuck into seat cushions while reaching the floor.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I care for this blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low; polyester microfiber resists fading and holds its softness through repeated laundering.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675521253652,"sku":"ASB574BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chocolate","offer_id":51675521286420,"sku":"ASB574CH50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675521319188,"sku":"ASB574GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675521351956,"sku":"ASB574GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lavender","offer_id":51675521384724,"sku":"ASB574LV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675521417492,"sku":"ASB574PK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675521450260,"sku":"ASB574PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":51675521483028,"sku":"ASB574RD50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675521515796,"sku":"ASB574TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675521548564,"sku":"ASB574TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Bohemian-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs_9682a02a.jpg?v=1789452121"},{"product_id":"boho-throw-blanket","title":"Boho 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (WxD):\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Luxuriously soft touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFade Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoor and covered outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Washable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Teal, Pink, Orange, Gold, Purple, Blue, Salmon, Gray, Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nFinal-crafted in the United States with domestic processing, this oversized throw blanket wraps you in plush polyester microfiber on one side and warm sherpa backing on the other, ready for layering on sofas or beds. The Boho 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its intricate diamond pattern brings bohemian texture to neutral or eclectic rooms without overwhelming upholstery or accent pieces.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nMachine-made polyester construction pairs a soft-touch microfiber face with cozy sherpa reverse, both fade-resistant enough for indoor use and covered outdoor spots. The fabric undergoes final crafting in the USA, where domestic processing ensures color consistency across ten vibrant options. At 2.5 pounds, the blanket drapes easily without sliding off furniture, and the durable polyester holds its shape through repeated washing.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Color Options Can You Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou'll find ten colors: green, teal, pink, orange, gold, purple, blue, salmon, gray, and brown. Each pairs the same plush-sherpa construction with a fade-resistant finish that keeps its vibrancy indoors or on a covered patio. Order the shade that complements your existing palette, whether you're matching a living room sectional or layering \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e on a bedroom bench.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw blanket is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. Because it's crafted on request, you're guaranteed fresh fabric and precise color, never a piece that's been sitting in a warehouse. Once it leaves the facility, standard curbside delivery to the continental USA is free.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Care for a Polyester Sherpa Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low -- no dry cleaning, no fussy spot treatments. The polyester microfiber and sherpa backing hold up to regular laundering without pilling or color fade, so you can toss it in after movie nights or weekend use. For best results, shake the blanket out before folding to keep the sherpa loft intact.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50x70 Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa for easy grab-and-go warmth, fold it in thirds at the foot of a bed, or layer it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e on a reading chair. The 70-inch length covers a typical sofa seat and spills over the edge, while the diamond pattern adds visual interest alongside solid upholstery or woven \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e. Interior designers layer this blanket in boutique hotel guest rooms, short-term rentals, and senior living common areas where machine-washable textiles simplify turnover.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50\" x 70\" throw covers a standard sofa seat and drapes over one arm or the back, offering generous coverage without overwhelming the frame.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I use this throw blanket outdoors?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe fade-resistant polyester is rated for covered outdoor areas like screened porches; store it indoors when exposed to rain or direct sunlight for extended periods.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws range from 50\" x 60\" to 50\" x 70\"; this oversized 70-inch length provides extra coverage for curling up.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs polyester or cotton better for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber resists fading, is machine washable, and retains softness; cotton offers breathability but may shrink or fade with repeated washing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes Uptown Sebastian offer free shipping on throw blankets?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, all throw blankets ship free to the continental USA with no minimum order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eCustom-ordered textiles are built to your specifications, so review color and size carefully before placing your order; contact the team at 833-566-6526 with any questions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675542421780,"sku":"ASB709AL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675542454548,"sku":"ASB709AQ50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":51675542487316,"sku":"ASB709BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675542520084,"sku":"ASB709CP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":51675542552852,"sku":"ASB709GO50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675542585620,"sku":"ASB709LV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675542618388,"sku":"ASB709SK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Salmon","offer_id":51675542651156,"sku":"ASB709SM50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675542683924,"sku":"ASB709SV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675542716692,"sku":"ASB709TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Boho-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789445824"},{"product_id":"broken-bars-throw-blanket","title":"Broken Bars 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber (front); sherpa (backing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory, Gray, Green, Charcoal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in America using domestic processing, the Broken Bars throw blanket delivers dual-texture warmth you'll reach for all season. The Broken Bars 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket -- available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping -- wraps you in mink-soft polyester microfiber up front and cozy sherpa backing across the reverse. Its vertical broken-bar stripe pattern brings subtle visual texture in four neutral colorways that layer into modern and transitional rooms without competing for attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's constructed from fade-resistant polyester microfiber engineered to hold its color indoors and in covered outdoor spaces. The front face carries a mink-like finish, while the back is sherpa for plush, layered comfort. Every blanket is processed domestically in the USA on an imported substrate, then finished to order so you get a fresh piece built for your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can select from four colorways -- Ivory, Gray, Green, and Charcoal -- each designed to coordinate with a wide range of upholstery and accent palettes. The versatile neutrals let you anchor the throw into an existing room or use it as a starting point for layered \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e across your living or sleeping space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce it leaves the workshop, it ships free to any address in the continental USA. Because it's custom-crafted for you, returns follow our made-to-order policy -- reach out before you order if you'd like to talk through the details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape the Broken Bars blanket diagonally across one arm of your sectional for an effortless, asymmetric look, or fold it lengthwise and lay it over the back for something more structured. Pair the Ivory or Gray colorway with neutral \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary textures, or anchor the Charcoal or Green option alongside wood-tone bedroom furniture for a grounded, organic feel. The 50x70-inch coverage gives you ample warmth for solo lounging or shared cozy moments without overwhelming the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is the Broken Bars throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so you're supporting American manufacturing with every order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis piece takes 8-10 weeks to complete, since it's crafted fresh for you rather than stocked in a warehouse.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMade-to-order items follow a different return policy than in-stock goods -- contact us before placing your order if you'd like to review the terms.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a 50x70 throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 50 inches wide and 70 inches long, this throw sits at the larger end of the standard range and provides generous coverage for most sofas and sectionals.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester microfiber throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash it on a gentle cycle, then tumble dry on low heat -- the fade-resistant construction holds up to regular cleaning.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best throw blanket material for easy care?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber offers softness, fade resistance, and machine-washable convenience, making it ideal for high-use spaces like living rooms and bedrooms. For more ideas on layering comfort into your home, explore our guide on \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/comfort-american-made-furniture\"\u003ecrafting comfort at home with American-made furniture\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675556643092,"sku":"ASB39IV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675556675860,"sku":"ASB39SI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675556708628,"sku":"ASB39GN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":51675556741396,"sku":"ASB39GR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Broken-Bars-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789463530"},{"product_id":"calm-geometry-throw-blanket","title":"Calm Geometry 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester (front: microfiber, reverse: sherpa)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink, Ivory, Multi, Navy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in the USA using domestic processing, this oversized throw blanket pairs a soft polyester microfiber front in an abstract geometric pattern with a plush sherpa backing for dual-texture warmth. The Addison Rugs Calm Geometry 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 50 inches wide by 70 inches long and weighing 2.5 pounds, it offers generous coverage for sofas, beds, or covered outdoor seating year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's machine-made from fade-resistant polyester: a soft microfiber face carries the geometric design, and a warm sherpa reverse delivers contrast and comfort. The 100% polyester fiber holds its color indoors and in covered outdoor areas like screened porches. Final crafting is completed in the United States using domestic processing on imported substrate, ensuring quality you can trace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can select from four color options: Pink, Ivory, Multi, or Navy, so it coordinates with your existing furniture and pillows. Every blanket is made to order in the finish you specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour throw blanket will be ready in 8-10 weeks from the day you order. Because each piece is crafted to order, production begins only when you choose your color, ensuring your blanket is built specifically for you rather than pulled from stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Would You Use a 50x70 Throw Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it over one arm of your sofa or fold it lengthwise across the seat back for a casual, inviting look. Pair it with accent pillows from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection or layer it over a reading chair for added texture. The 50-by-70-inch size fits most standard sofas and provides enough coverage to reach the seat when draped over the back. Browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for more layering options, or explore the entire \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows \u0026amp; pillows\u003c\/a\u003e range to complete the look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYour blanket is made to order and will be ready in 8-10 weeks from the day you place your order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you can select Pink, Ivory, Multi, or Navy when you order, and the blanket will be crafted in that finish.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting is completed in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I wash this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash it on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat -- both the microfiber front and the sherpa backing are fully machine washable.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis 50-inch-by-70-inch blanket fits most standard sofas, providing enough coverage to drape over the back or arm while reaching the seat.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":51675557593364,"sku":"ASB69PI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675557626132,"sku":"ASB69TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multi","offer_id":51675557658900,"sku":"ASB69MU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":51675557691668,"sku":"ASB69BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Calm-Geometry-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789454407"},{"product_id":"calm-mirage-throw-blanket","title":"Calm Mirage 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber with sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Gray, Green, Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nCold evenings call for layers that warm without weight, and this 50-by-70-inch throw delivers exactly that with a soft microfiber face and plush sherpa backing. The Calm Mirage Throw Blanket, available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping, offers ten extra inches of length beyond standard throws so it drapes cleanly across sofas or tucks around you on covered patios. It's made in the USA using quality-controlled domestic processing, machine washable, and fade-resistant for year-round use indoors or under covered outdoor spaces.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes This Throw Different From a Standard One?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nStandard throws measure 50 by 60 inches -- fine for accent chairs, but they come up short on full-size sofas. This one's 50-by-70-inch frame gives you an extra ten inches of length so it covers wider seats without riding up, and the dual-texture construction puts soft polyester microfiber against your skin while the sherpa backing holds warmth without bulk. The plaid design runs in bold tonal hues that anchor a room's palette, and the fade-resistant finish means it won't bleach out in bright living rooms or sun-dappled screened porches.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Wash a Sherpa-Backed Throw?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nToss it in the machine on a gentle cycle with cold water, then tumble dry on low heat -- no dry cleaning, no fuss. The 100% polyester construction keeps its shape and softness through regular washes, and the sherpa backing stays plush as long as you skip high heat and fabric softeners that can mat the pile. It's built for real use, not just for show.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks from the day you place your order. It's crafted in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate, with quality checks at every stage to ensure the microfiber face and sherpa backing meet durability standards. Once it ships, you'll receive tracking, and delivery to the continental USA is free with no minimum purchase required.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Do You Use a Throw Blanket Like This?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa so the sherpa backing creates texture against smooth upholstery, or fold it lengthwise and layer it over the seat back for a tailored look that's still easy to grab. It works just as well on beds where you want an extra warming layer without the weight of a full quilt, and it's rated for covered outdoor use on screened porches or patios where it stays dry. Pair it with accent pillows from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to pull the room's colors together, or use it as the anchor piece in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e arrangements that layer pattern and texture.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- this throw is available in Blue, Gray, Green, and Purple, all with the same plaid design and sherpa backing. Select your color when you order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate, with quality-controlled methods that ensure consistent construction and finish.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber stays fade-resistant, washes easily, and works year-round indoors or in covered outdoor spaces. Cotton breathes better in hot climates but wrinkles more and takes longer to dry.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws measure 50 by 60 inches. This one's 50 by 70 inches, giving you ten extra inches of length for better coverage on full-size sofas and beds.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I use this throw outdoors?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's rated for covered outdoor use where it stays protected from direct weather and moisture -- screened porches, covered patios, and gazebos are all fine. Don't leave it in the rain.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675558281492,"sku":"ASB548BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675558314260,"sku":"ASB548GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675558347028,"sku":"ASB548GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675558379796,"sku":"ASB548PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Calm-Mirage-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs_c965eb3d.jpg?v=1789463536"},{"product_id":"circles-throw-blanket","title":"Circles 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Brown, Black, Blue, Gold, Gray, Orange, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle, tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCold evenings call for warmth that doesn't compromise style, and this throw blanket delivers both with its lively circle pattern, soft polyester microfiber front, and plush sherpa backing. The Circles 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Crafted with final processing in the USA and fade-resistant construction, it's built to hold its color indoors or on a covered porch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's made from 100% polyester on both the front and the reverse, with domestic processing applied to an imported substrate before final crafting in the USA. The front is a soft microfiber weave that resists fading, and the reverse is sherpa backing that adds warmth without weight. At 2.5 pounds, it's light enough to move from room to room but substantial enough to stay put when you drape it across a sofa or chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Colors Can You Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can choose from eight colors: Green, Brown, Black, Blue, Gold, Gray, Orange, and Teal. Each one carries the same lively circle pattern, so you can match the blanket to your room's palette or use it as an accent piece that pulls together pillows and upholstery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blanket is made to order and takes 8-10 weeks to build and ship. Because it's crafted for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock, you get fresh construction and the exact color you specify. Once it ships, delivery is free to the continental USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50x70 Throw Blanket Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it over one arm of your sofa for casual warmth, fold it lengthwise across the seat back for a tailored look, or layer it with a few \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to add depth to your seating. The 50-by-70-inch size suits most standard sofas and loveseats, and it's generous enough to use as a lap blanket on a chair or at the foot of a bed. Pair it with other pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection to build a cohesive layered look, or use it as a standalone accent in a guest room or reading nook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you care for a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash this blanket on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat. The polyester microfiber and sherpa backing maintain their softness through repeated washes.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this blanket is made to order in your chosen color, returns are subject to Uptown Sebastian's custom-order policy. Contact operations@uptownsebastian.com before ordering if you have questions about your color choice.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the difference between a throw blanket and a bedspread?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA throw blanket is smaller -- typically 50 by 60 to 50 by 70 inches -- and designed for sofas, chairs, or the foot of a bed as both a functional textile and a decorative accent, while a bedspread covers an entire mattress.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs sherpa backing warm enough for winter?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes. Sherpa backing traps air and adds insulation without weight, so the blanket provides year-round comfort and extra warmth on cold evenings.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWill the circle pattern fade if I use this blanket outdoors?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe polyester microfiber is fade resistant and suitable for covered outdoor use, so you can drape it over a porch chair or use it on a screened patio without worrying about color loss.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes Uptown Sebastian offer free shipping on throw blankets?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes. All orders to the continental USA ship free with no minimum purchase required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675566342420,"sku":"ASB642AL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675566375188,"sku":"ASB642BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":51675566407956,"sku":"ASB642BK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675566440724,"sku":"ASB642DN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":51675566473492,"sku":"ASB642GO50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675566506260,"sku":"ASB642GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675566539028,"sku":"ASB642SM50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675566571796,"sku":"ASB642TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Circles-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789427821"},{"product_id":"dream-texture-throw-blanket","title":"Dream Texture 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester (front and reverse)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis 50-by-70-inch throw blanket is finished in the USA and built for everyday comfort -- soft polyester microfiber on one side, warm sherpa on the other, fade-resistant enough to live on a patio chair or draped over the sofa. The Dream Texture 50x70 throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. You're getting Aztec-inspired patterns that add texture without shouting, and a weight that wraps around you without trapping you under it.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's all polyester -- microfiber up front where your hand lands, sherpa on the reverse where it touches skin. The material resists fading, so you can toss it on a covered outdoor chair one season and bring it back inside the next without worrying about sun damage. Machine-made construction keeps the price honest, and final crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, which means consistent stitching and quality control you can count on.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes the Sherpa Backing Different?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nSherpa is a high-pile knit that mimics the warmth of wool without the weight or care hassle. On this blanket it creates a tactile contrast -- smooth and cool when you first pick it up, plush and insulating once you're settled in. You can flip it depending on the season or your mood, and either way it's soft enough that you'll leave it out instead of folding it away.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis blanket is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. That lead time reflects the domestic processing schedule -- your piece isn't pulled from a warehouse, it's queued for finishing once you order. Because it's custom-crafted to order, all sales are final, so choose your color knowing it's built for you.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm for a lived-in look, or fold it lengthwise and lay it over the back so the sherpa side peeks out. Pair it with a couple of pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to tie the room together, or layer it at the foot of the bed alongside other textiles from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows \u0026amp; pillows\u003c\/a\u003e range. It's 50 inches wide, which is just right for a single person on a chair or two people sharing a loveseat, and the Aztec-inspired pattern works in contemporary spaces that need a little visual grit.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color when I order?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- this throw is available in red, green, blue, and black, and you select your color at checkout.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs it actually washable, or is that going to wreck the sherpa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash it on gentle and tumble dry on low. The polyester holds up fine, and the sherpa won't mat if you keep the heat down.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order blanket if the color doesn't match my room?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eNo -- because this throw is built to order, all sales are final. Choose carefully, and if you need help matching, call us before you buy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWill the color fade if I use it on a covered porch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe polyester microfiber resists fading, so it's safe for covered outdoor settings where it won't take direct sun all day.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is this compared to a standard throw?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 50 by 70 inches it's right in the middle of the typical throw range -- big enough to wrap up in, compact enough to toss over a chair arm.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere do I find more blankets like this?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBrowse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for more American-made options in different textures and patterns.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":51675582562580,"sku":"ASB179SP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675582595348,"sku":"ASB179GN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675582628116,"sku":"ASB179BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":51675582660884,"sku":"ASB179MI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Dream-Texture-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789453540"},{"product_id":"dust-echo-throw-blanket","title":"Dust Echo 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Brown, Blue, Green, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for warmth you can feel and style you can see, this throw blanket is crafted in the USA from fade-resistant polyester microfiber with a sherpa backing that delivers year-round comfort. The Dust Echo 50\" x 70\" throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its small tiled square pattern creates visual texture while the oversized coverage makes it as practical for draping over furniture as it is for wrapping up on a cool evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's crafted through domestic processing on an imported substrate, finishing in the USA with machine-made construction that ensures consistent quality. The front is soft polyester microfiber; the reverse is warm sherpa, both engineered to resist fading whether you use it indoors or in covered outdoor spaces. At 50 inches wide by 70 inches long and weighing just 2.5 pounds, it's substantial enough to provide real coverage without feeling heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can select from five colors -- Beige, Brown, Blue, Green, or Teal -- to match your room or outdoor seating. Each option carries the same small tiled square pattern in a random stacking effect, adding subtle visual interest without overwhelming your space. Whether you prefer neutral tones or a pop of color, the fade-resistant polyester keeps your choice looking fresh over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw blanket is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time. Because it's crafted specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock, you're ordering a piece built to your color preference and processed through domestic facilities. Once it ships, delivery is free to the continental United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Sherpa Throw on Your Furniture?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa for an effortless, inviting look, or fold it lengthwise and lay it along the back for symmetry and easy access. Pair it with coordinating pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to create a layered aesthetic that works in both casual family rooms and more formal living spaces. If you're outfitting a covered patio, browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e selection for fade-resistant options that stand up to outdoor use, or explore the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows \u0026amp; pillows\u003c\/a\u003e range to complete your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis blanket is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time, then ships free to the continental USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you can select Beige, Brown, Blue, Green, or Teal when you order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's crafted in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this throw is built to your color choice, return policies differ from stock items -- call 833-566-6526 to discuss your order before placing it.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works on a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 50 inches wide by 70 inches long, this blanket provides ideal coverage for most standard sofas without overwhelming the furniture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a sherpa throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low -- the polyester microfiber and sherpa construction is built for easy care.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675585741076,"sku":"ASB581BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675585773844,"sku":"ASB581BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675585806612,"sku":"ASB581BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675585839380,"sku":"ASB581GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675585872148,"sku":"ASB581TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Dust-Echo-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789408074"},{"product_id":"faded-rhythm-throw-blanket","title":"Faded Rhythm 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Brown, Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle, tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw blanket pairs a plush polyester microfiber front with a warm sherpa backing, both fade-resistant and built for daily use indoors or on covered patios. The Faded Rhythm 50\" x 70\" throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 50 inches wide and 70 inches long, it's sized to drape generously across a sofa or fold at the foot of a bed, and it weighs just 2.5 pounds so you can move it wherever warmth is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's crafted in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate. The front is a soft microfiber that resists fading even when used in covered outdoor areas, and the reverse is a sherpa layer that adds texture and insulation. Machine construction keeps the weight light and the price accessible, and the fade-resistant polyester holds its color through regular washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can order this throw blanket in beige, brown, or gray to match your existing palette. Each color option carries the same dual-texture construction -- microfiber on one side, sherpa on the other -- so the choice comes down to which neutral fits your room best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw blanket ships in 8-10 weeks. It's made to order, so there's a short wait while your piece moves through the domestic crafting process, but you'll receive it as a finished blanket ready to use the day it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa or Bed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it over one arm of your sofa in a loose fold, letting the sherpa backing show for textural contrast, or layer it with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e across the back of a sectional. At the foot of a bed, fold the blanket lengthwise so both surfaces are visible, or tuck it into a basket alongside other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e for a layered, lived-in look. The 50-by-70-inch size gives you enough fabric to arrange it generously without it pooling on the floor, and the neutral tones in beige, brown, and gray blend into transitional and contemporary rooms without competing with bolder accents in your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw blanket is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks from the date you place your order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you can order it in beige, brown, or gray, all with the same microfiber-and-sherpa construction.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's crafted in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate, so the final assembly and finishing happen stateside.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eUptown Sebastian backs every order with a 100% satisfaction guarantee, so if the blanket doesn't meet your expectations when it arrives, contact the team to discuss your options.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50-by-70-inch throw like the Faded Rhythm provides full coverage for most standard sofas, with enough length to drape over an arm or fold across the back.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash it on a gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat to preserve the microfiber softness and sherpa texture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675594031380,"sku":"ASB593BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675594064148,"sku":"ASB593BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675594096916,"sku":"ASB593GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Faded-Rhythm-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789411629"},{"product_id":"floral-throw-blanket","title":"Floral 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester microfiber front, sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Blue, Brown, Green, Gray, Orange, Purple, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable, gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis throw blanket pairs a soft polyester microfiber front with a warm sherpa backing, delivering dual-texture comfort you'll reach for on cool evenings. The Floral 50 x 70-inch throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Built in the USA with fade-resistant construction, it's offered in eight vibrant floral colorways and machine washes on gentle cycle for easy care.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted from 100% polyester microfiber on the front and backed with cozy sherpa fleece, giving you a soft hand on one side and plush warmth on the other. The machine-made construction uses domestic processing on an imported substrate, with final crafting completed in the USA. Fade-resistant fibers hold up in indoor spaces and covered outdoor areas, so the bold floral pattern stays vibrant season after season.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou can select from eight color options -- Beige, Blue, Brown, Green, Gray, Orange, Purple, and Teal -- to coordinate with your existing palette. Each colorway carries the same striking floral pattern, letting you match the throw to your sofa, bedroom, or covered patio seating without sacrificing the design's visual impact.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis piece is made to order with a confirmed 8-10 week lead time. Because it's crafted specifically for you, we don't warehouse inventory, which means you're getting a fresh piece built to the color you chose. Once it ships, delivery is free curbside to the continental USA.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape the 50 x 70-inch blanket diagonally across one arm of your couch, letting the floral pattern peek out from beneath coordinating \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e, or fold it lengthwise and layer it over the seat back for quick grab-and-go warmth. Pair it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in solid neutrals to create depth, or anchor the textile on your bed with a matching area rug. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows collection\u003c\/a\u003e to build a cohesive look.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throw blankets range from 50 x 60 to 50 x 70 inches; this Addison Rugs piece measures the larger 50 x 70 dimension for extra coverage on sofas and beds.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50 x 70-inch throw blanket fits most standard sofas and loveseats, providing ample coverage without overwhelming the frame.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low to preserve the sherpa backing and vibrant floral print.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this blanket is built to order in your chosen color, customized items typically follow our made-to-order return policy; contact us at 833-566-6526 to discuss your specific situation.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat is the best material for a throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber offers softness, fade resistance, and easy care, making it ideal for high-use areas and households with children or pets.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eNo assembly is required -- the blanket arrives ready to use.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675598356756,"sku":"ASB558BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675598389524,"sku":"ASB558BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675598422292,"sku":"ASB558BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675598455060,"sku":"ASB558FE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675598487828,"sku":"ASB558GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675598520596,"sku":"ASB558PK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675598553364,"sku":"ASB558PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675598586132,"sku":"ASB558TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Floral-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs_e7ee8500.jpg?v=1789454809"},{"product_id":"flowing-harmony-throw-blanket","title":"Flowing Harmony 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester (microfiber front, sherpa backing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nCold evenings and lazy afternoons call for a layer that wraps you in warmth without fuss. The Flowing Harmony 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket combines a soft microfiber front with plush sherpa backing, giving you dual-texture comfort you can drape over the couch or fold at the foot of the bed. This oversized throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's machine-crafted in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate, then finished with fade-resistant dyeing that holds color through repeated washing. The microfiber face delivers a luxuriously soft touch, while the sherpa reverse traps warmth for year-round use. At 50 by 70 inches, it covers most sofas when draped diagonally and provides full-body coverage when you're curled up reading.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThe Flowing Harmony is offered in nine colors -- beige, brown, blue, gray, red, green, orange, teal, and taupe -- so you can coordinate with existing upholstery or add a pop of pattern. The geometric design of irregular block shapes arranged in horizontal lines works equally well as a neutral accent or a bold focal point. Order the color that fits your room, and it ships ready to use.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw blanket is built to order, with a confirmed lead time of 8-10 weeks from the day you place it. Because it's made specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock, you're guaranteed fresh dyeing and crisp finishing on every piece. Once it ships, standard curbside delivery to the continental USA is free.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it casually over one arm of your sectional for an inviting layered look, or fold it lengthwise at the foot of a bed alongside \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary tones. The geometric pattern pairs well with solid upholstery and textured accents, while the sherpa backing adds tactile warmth to any \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blanket\u003c\/a\u003e display in family rooms and guest suites. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to build a cohesive look.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw blanket is made to order in 8-10 weeks, then ships free to the continental USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the fabric or finish?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYou select the color when you order; the microfiber-and-sherpa construction is standard across all options.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause each blanket is built for you, Uptown Sebastian stands behind every order with a 100% satisfaction guarantee -- reach out if it doesn't meet your expectations.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis 50-by-70-inch design covers most standard sofas when draped diagonally or layered lengthwise across seat cushions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cold or warm water, then tumble dry on low heat to preserve the sherpa backing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675608744212,"sku":"ASB659BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675608776980,"sku":"ASB659BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675608809748,"sku":"ASB659BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675608842516,"sku":"ASB659GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":51675608875284,"sku":"ASB659MM50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675608908052,"sku":"ASB659OL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675608940820,"sku":"ASB659PK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675608973588,"sku":"ASB659TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675609006356,"sku":"ASB659TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Flowing-Harmony-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789453023"},{"product_id":"fluid-drift-throw-blanket","title":"Fluid Drift 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber (front), sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple, Green, Pink, Blue, Gray, Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so you're supporting American workers while you wrap up in softness. The Fluid Drift Throw Blanket combines plush polyester microfiber with cozy sherpa backing, sized at 50 by 70 inches for ample draping across furniture or layering over bedding -- available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. The merging-cell pattern brings a modern, artistic touch that looks as good folded across a chair as it does bundled on the couch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's machine-made with a fade-resistant polyester microfiber face and a warm sherpa reverse. The polyester construction holds color through repeated washes, and the dual-texture design -- plush on one side, fluffy sherpa on the other -- lets you flip it depending on the season or your mood. Because it's made to order, you're getting a piece processed specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou select from six color palettes -- Purple, Green, Pink, Blue, Gray, or Brown -- to match your existing decor or anchor a new look. That's the extent of the configuration; the size, weight, and dual-texture construction stay constant across all colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8-10 weeks. Because this blanket is made to order, it's processed and finished after you place your order, then ships free to the continental USA. There's no rush inventory -- you're waiting for your chosen color to be crafted and inspected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50 x 70 Inch Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa for casual elegance, fold it lengthwise along the back cushions, or layer it at the foot of the bed for extra warmth. The oversized dimensions cover most standard couches while still looking tailored, and the sherpa backing makes it equally useful on covered patios or screened porches. Pair it with accent pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection or browse coordinating textures in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e and the broader \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows \u0026amp; pillows\u003c\/a\u003e range for a layered, lived-in look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so American labor completes the piece.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e50 by 70 inches covers most standard sofas with enough fabric to drape or fold without looking skimpy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I wash a microfiber throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry low; the polyester construction resists fading and holds its softness through repeated laundering.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs sherpa backing warmer than cotton?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eSherpa fleece traps more air than woven cotton, so yes -- the backing on this blanket adds noticeable warmth without much weight.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes the pattern fade over time?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe polyester microfiber is fade-resistant, so the merging-cell design stays vivid wash after wash as long as you follow the low-heat care instructions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675618345236,"sku":"ASB653LV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675618378004,"sku":"ASB653MZ50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":51675618410772,"sku":"ASB653PI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675618443540,"sku":"ASB653SK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675618476308,"sku":"ASB653SV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675618509076,"sku":"ASB653TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Fluid-Drift-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789454646"},{"product_id":"fluid-mirage-throw-blanket","title":"Fluid Mirage 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aqua, Beige, Blue, Pink, Coffee, Fudge, Granite, Navy, Gray, Silver, Brown, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThe Fluid Mirage is finished in the USA with soft polyester microfiber on one side and a warm sherpa backing on the other -- dual-texture comfort that works year-round. This oversized Fluid Mirage 50 x 70 inch throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 50 inches wide and 70 inches long, it gives you generous coverage whether you're draping it over a sofa arm or wrapping up on the porch.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nMachine-made with fade-resistant polyester microfiber on the front and sherpa polyester on the back. The construction resists fading indoors and in covered outdoor settings, and the thick horizontal stripe pattern adds visual depth across twelve color options. Final crafting happens domestically using American processing on imported substrate.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou're choosing from twelve fade-resistant colors: Aqua, Beige, Blue, Pink, Coffee, Fudge, Granite, Navy, Gray, Silver, Brown, and Teal. Every colorway pairs the same soft microfiber front with the warm sherpa reverse, so you can match your room's palette without sacrificing texture.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks. Each one is made to order, so you're not pulling from warehouse stock -- you're getting a piece processed to your color choice and inspected before it leaves. Once it arrives, it's ready to use with no assembly required.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape the Fluid Mirage diagonally across one arm of your living room sofa, or fold it lengthwise and layer it over the back for textural contrast. It works just as well in the bedroom -- pair it with coordinating pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection or layer it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e for a cozy, lived-in look. The oversized dimensions give you flexibility: toss it over a chair, spread it across the foot of the bed, or keep it in a basket near your reading nook.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits most couches?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50 x 70 inch throw fits most sofas and loveseats, offering full coverage without overwhelming the piece or dragging on the floor.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low -- the polyester construction makes maintenance simple and keeps the blanket soft wash after wash.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs the sherpa backing as soft as the microfiber front?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- the sherpa polyester backing is plush and warm, giving you two distinct textures to choose from depending on the season or your mood.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes free shipping apply to throw blankets?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eUptown Sebastian offers free standard curbside shipping on all orders to the continental USA with no minimum purchase required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Aqua","offer_id":51675623653652,"sku":"ASB530AQ50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675623686420,"sku":"ASB530BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675623719188,"sku":"ASB530BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":51675623751956,"sku":"ASB530BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":51675623784724,"sku":"ASB530CF50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fudge","offer_id":51675623817492,"sku":"ASB530FU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Granite","offer_id":51675623850260,"sku":"ASB530GN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":51675623883028,"sku":"ASB530NA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675623915796,"sku":"ASB530PW50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":51675623948564,"sku":"ASB530SV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675623981332,"sku":"ASB530TA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675624014100,"sku":"ASB530TQ50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Fluid-Mirage-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs_b1c9dd5c.jpg?v=1789464023"},{"product_id":"gentle-mosaic-throw-blanket","title":"Gentle Mosaic 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (WxL):\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. x 70 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa (100% Polyester)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Content Totals:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory, Green, Beige, Navy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou're looking at a throw blanket that's finished in the USA, built to your order, and ready to deliver warmth you can actually feel. The Gentle Mosaic 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its soft polyester microfiber front and plush sherpa backing give you two textures in one piece -- wrap yourself in either side and you'll feel the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is crafted using domestic processing on an imported substrate, with final assembly completed here in the United States. The front is woven from fade-resistant polyester microfiber that holds its color indoors and in covered outdoor spaces, while the sherpa backing adds a layer of warmth without the bulk. At 2.5 pounds, it's light enough to move from room to room but substantial enough to keep you comfortable on cool evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll select from four colorways when you order: Ivory, Green, Beige, or Navy. Each one carries the same gentle abstract mosaic pattern, so you can match it to your existing palette or let it stand as a quiet accent in a neutral room. Because it's made to order, your choice is locked in when you place your order -- there's no swapping once production begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw blanket is built to order with a lead time of 8-10 weeks from the day you buy. That timeline accounts for the domestic finishing process and quality checks before it ships. Once it's on its way, you'll receive free standard curbside delivery to any address in the continental USA, and because it arrives ready to use, there's nothing to assemble or set up when it gets to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on Your Furniture?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape this 50x70 throw lengthwise over one arm of your sofa for an inviting, lived-in look, or fold it in thirds and lay it across the back of a chair to add texture without clutter. Pair it with pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to build a cohesive color story, or layer it with other finds from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e range when you want extra warmth. If you're pulling together a full room, browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows \u0026amp; pillows\u003c\/a\u003e selection to see what works with your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so you're supporting American finishing work with every order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built: a size, finish or fabric shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee, while a specially requested size or a piece made in your own material is custom and is not returnable except on damage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eStandard throws usually measure 50 to 70 inches, and this Gentle Mosaic model is right at the generous end of that range at 50 inches wide by 70 inches long.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat's the best way to wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eRun it through your machine on a gentle cycle, then tumble dry on low heat -- the polyester microfiber and sherpa construction are built for easy care, and the fade-resistant finish holds up wash after wash.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a standard couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50x70 throw like this one drapes generously over one seat or folds neatly across the back of most sofas, giving you coverage without overwhelming the frame.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs assembly required when the blanket arrives?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eNo assembly needed -- this throw ships complete and ready to use the moment you unpack it.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675633582356,"sku":"ASB70IV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675633615124,"sku":"ASB70GN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675633647892,"sku":"ASB70MO50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":51675633680660,"sku":"ASB70BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Gentle-Mosaic-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789466097"},{"product_id":"gentle-waves-throw-blanket","title":"Gentle Waves 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Beige, Pink, Blue, Coffee, Chocolate, Gray, Purple, Orange, Sky, Teal, Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWhen the temperature drops and you want a blanket that wraps you in warmth without looking like an afterthought, this oversized throw delivers. The Gentle Waves 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 2.5 pounds and finished in the USA using domestic processing, it pairs a soft polyester microfiber front with a sherpa backing across twelve color options -- from neutral beige and gray to vibrant teal and sky blue.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's machine-constructed from fade-resistant polyester microfiber, with final crafting completed in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate. The front face is smooth polyester microfiber, while the reverse is sherpa polyester that traps warmth without adding bulk. Subtle geometric wave patterns run across the surface, offering visual interest that complements modern, coastal, and transitional rooms.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou select from twelve color options at the time of order: green, beige, pink, blue, coffee, chocolate, gray, purple, orange, sky, teal, or brown. Each option carries the same dual-texture construction and oversized 50\" x 70\" dimensions. Because every blanket is made to order, you'll get exactly the color you specify without settling for what's in stock.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYour blanket will be ready in 8-10 weeks from the day you order. That lead time reflects the made-to-order nature of the piece -- it's not pulled from a warehouse, but processed and finished to your specifications. Once it ships, delivery is free to the continental USA, and you can fold it into your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e rotation with confidence that it was built for you.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Blanket Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa for a casual look, or fold it lengthwise over the back cushions for a tailored finish. At 50 inches wide and 70 inches long, it covers most three-seat sofas with room to spare, and it's light enough to move from the living room to a bedroom chair without effort. The fade-resistant polyester makes it suitable for covered outdoor seating like screened porches, and you can layer it with pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection or pair it with coordinating \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to build texture across the room.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis blanket is made to order and ready in 8-10 weeks from the date you place your order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you select from twelve color options (green, beige, pink, blue, coffee, chocolate, gray, purple, orange, sky, teal, or brown) when you order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause each blanket is built to your specifications, returns follow Uptown Sebastian's custom-order policy; call 833-566-6526 for details.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I wash it?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat -- the polyester construction makes routine cleaning quick and easy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size is a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMost throw blankets measure 50 to 60 inches wide by 60 to 70 inches long; this one meets that range at 50\" x 70\".\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675635155220,"sku":"ASB636AL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675635187988,"sku":"ASB636BG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":51675635220756,"sku":"ASB636BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675635253524,"sku":"ASB636BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":51675635286292,"sku":"ASB636CF50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chocolate","offer_id":51675635319060,"sku":"ASB636CH50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675635351828,"sku":"ASB636GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675635384596,"sku":"ASB636LL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675635417364,"sku":"ASB636PK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky","offer_id":51675635450132,"sku":"ASB636SK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675635482900,"sku":"ASB636TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675635515668,"sku":"ASB636TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Gentle-Waves-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789426971"},{"product_id":"geometric-throw-blanket","title":"Geometric 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester microfiber front, sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Brown, Denim, Gold, Gray, Ivory, Lavender, Green, Blue, Olive, Orange, Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFinal processing in the USA using domestic techniques on quality substrate, this geometric throw blanket pairs soft-touch polyester microfiber with plush sherpa backing for warmth you'll reach for season after season. The Geometric 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Broken diamond shapes give the design visual interest without competing with your furniture, and fade-resistant fabric holds up indoors or on a covered porch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine-made construction completes final processing in the USA using domestic techniques applied to imported substrate. The front is soft polyester microfiber engineered to resist fading, while the reverse is warm sherpa backing that keeps you comfortable across all four seasons. Because it's built to order in your chosen color, you're getting a fresh piece crafted just for you rather than something that's been sitting in a warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll pick from twelve colors -- Black, Brown, Denim, Gold, Gray, Ivory, Lavender, Green, Blue, Olive, Orange, and Pink. Each one brings the same broken-diamond geometric pattern and dual-texture comfort, so you can match existing \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e or introduce a fresh accent to your living room. The 50 x 70-inch size is standard, giving you enough coverage to drape across a sofa or wrap up completely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8-10 weeks. Because this throw blanket is made to order in your selected color, it enters production once you place your order and ships when it's finished. Free standard curbside delivery to the continental USA is included, and the piece carries the same quality guarantee as every item at Uptown Sebastian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a Geometric Throw Fit Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it diagonally across one arm of the sofa or fold it lengthwise along the back cushions for layered depth. The broken-diamond pattern complements transitional and contemporary interiors, and because it's fade-resistant you can use it on \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ecovered outdoor seating\u003c\/a\u003e as easily as in the den. Pair it with neutral upholstery or coordinate the color with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003eaccent pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to tie the room together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e8-10 weeks from order to delivery, since each blanket is crafted to order in the color you choose.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you'll pick from twelve options including neutrals like Gray and Ivory or bolder shades like Denim and Lavender.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eCustom-made items follow Uptown Sebastian's 100% satisfaction guarantee; contact us at 833-566-6526 to discuss any concerns.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I wash this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat for a quick refresh between uses.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs this throw blanket suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, the fade-resistant polyester performs well in covered outdoor areas like screened porches or patios.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":51675645051156,"sku":"ASB550BK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675645083924,"sku":"ASB550BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Denim","offer_id":51675645116692,"sku":"ASB550DN50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":51675645149460,"sku":"ASB550GO50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675645182228,"sku":"ASB550GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675645214996,"sku":"ASB550IV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lavender","offer_id":51675645247764,"sku":"ASB550LV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675645280532,"sku":"ASB550LM50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675645313300,"sku":"ASB550NA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive","offer_id":51675645346068,"sku":"ASB550OL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675645378836,"sku":"ASB550PK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":51675645411604,"sku":"ASB550PI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675645444372,"sku":"ASB550PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675645477140,"sku":"ASB550TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675645509908,"sku":"ASB550TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":51675645542676,"sku":"ASB550YE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Geometric-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs_a5f56be0.jpg?v=1789466284"},{"product_id":"horizontal-bars-throw-blanket","title":"Horizontal Bars 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber; plush mink-touch front, sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ivory, Mocha, Paprika, Navy, Red, Gray, Charcoal, Chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable (gentle cycle); tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis throw blanket is finished in the USA using domestic processing and built for year-round comfort in eight color choices. The Horizontal Bars 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket in 100% polyester microfiber is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its mink-touch front and warm sherpa backing deliver softness you'll reach for every evening, whether you're settling into the couch or layering your bed.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted from fade-resistant polyester microfiber that holds color through repeated washing and sun exposure. The plush mink-touch surface faces out for softness against your skin, while the sherpa backing traps warmth without weight. Soft horizontal bars carry a subtle space-dye effect that adds visual texture without overwhelming the room, and the entire piece undergoes final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Throw Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou can order it in any of eight colors: Ivory, Mocha, Paprika, Navy, Red, Gray, Charcoal, or Chocolate. Each shade carries the same horizontal stripe pattern with space-dye variation, so you're picking the palette that fits your room. That's the customization -- choose your color, and we'll build it your way.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis piece is made to order and takes 8-10 weeks to complete and ship. Because it's crafted on demand, you're getting a blanket built for your color choice rather than pulled from a warehouse pile. Plan for that lead time, and you'll have an oversized throw that's ready to move between your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection and daily use.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does This Blanket Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it over one arm of your sofa for an asymmetric look, or fold it lengthwise and lay it across the seat back to highlight the horizontal stripe. It's oversized enough to share, so it layers well with other pieces in your \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e lineup. Pair it with neutral \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e for a cohesive look, or use it as a bedside accent where you want extra warmth without a heavy comforter.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw blanket is made to order in 8-10 weeks. It's crafted on demand, so the timeline reflects that build process.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you can order it in Ivory, Mocha, Paprika, Navy, Red, Gray, Charcoal, or Chocolate. Each color carries the same horizontal stripe pattern.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with mild detergent, then tumble dry on low heat. The polyester microfiber and sherpa backing hold up through repeated washing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis 50 x 70-inch size provides ample coverage for standard three-seat sofas without overwhelming the frame. It's also long enough for taller users or full-body wrapping.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675659665684,"sku":"ASB32BE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mocha","offer_id":51675659698452,"sku":"ASB32MU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Paprika","offer_id":51675659731220,"sku":"ASB32CA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":51675659763988,"sku":"ASB32BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":51675659796756,"sku":"ASB32BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675659829524,"sku":"ASB32SI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":51675659862292,"sku":"ASB32GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chocolate","offer_id":51675659895060,"sku":"ASB32BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Horizontal-Bars-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789456225"},{"product_id":"houndstooth-throw-blanket","title":"Houndstooth 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester Microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Blue, Green, Red, Navy, Gray, Black, Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle, tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, combining classic houndstooth geometry with a plush sherpa backing built for year-round comfort. This Houndstooth 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. The dual-texture design pairs a soft polyester microfiber front with warm sherpa reverse, so you can curl up or drape it across furniture for layered warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's machine-made from 100% polyester microfiber, chosen for softness and fade resistance in both indoor and covered outdoor spaces. The sherpa backing adds plush texture, and every piece goes through final crafting in the USA using domestic processing. Machine-washable construction on a gentle cycle with low tumble dry makes care straightforward, so the blanket stays soft through countless washes without losing its classic houndstooth pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can select from eight colors -- beige, blue, green, red, navy, gray, black, and brown -- to match your existing palette or anchor a new one. Each option carries the same houndstooth pattern and sherpa backing, letting you coordinate across rooms or layer with solid \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e for depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect delivery in 8-10 weeks from the day you order. Because this blanket is made to order, it's crafted specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock, ensuring you receive a fresh piece with vibrant color and full sherpa loft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50\" x 70\" Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generous 50-inch width and 70-inch length provide full-body coverage on a sofa or draped over the arm of a chair, and they're equally at home folded across the foot of a bed for extra warmth. Pair this houndstooth throw with solid-colored \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e to let the geometric pattern stand out, or layer it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary textures for a cozy, lived-in look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so you're supporting American manufacturing while enjoying quality construction.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color or pattern on this blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, you can select from eight colors -- beige, blue, green, red, navy, gray, black, or brown -- all carrying the same houndstooth pattern and sherpa backing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I care for a polyester sherpa throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle and tumble dry on low; the polyester microfiber and sherpa backing are built to stay soft through repeated washing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this blanket is made to order in your chosen color, return policies differ from in-stock items; contact operations@uptownsebastian.com before placing your order if you have specific concerns.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket do I need for a standard couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50\" x 70\" throw provides ample coverage for most sofas, allowing you to drape it across multiple cushions or use it as full-body wrap while lounging.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw blanket ship fully assembled?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, it arrives ready to use with no assembly required -- just unfold it and drape it wherever you need extra warmth and texture.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":51675660681492,"sku":"ASB137LI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675660714260,"sku":"ASB137AQ50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675660747028,"sku":"ASB137GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":51675660779796,"sku":"ASB137RD50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":51675660812564,"sku":"ASB137NA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675660845332,"sku":"ASB137GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":51675660878100,"sku":"ASB137BK50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675660910868,"sku":"ASB137CH50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Houndstooth-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1763759205"},{"product_id":"hummingbirds-throw-blanket","title":"Hummingbirds 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester (front and reverse)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft-touch polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nA decorative throw blanket that holds up through daily use and frequent washing is rare. The Hummingbirds 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket pairs soft-touch polyester microfiber on the front with cozy sherpa backing, machine washable and fade-resistant for indoor and covered outdoor spaces. This hummingbird and floral pattern throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate. The 100% polyester construction combines a soft microfiber front with a warm sherpa reverse, both fade-resistant and machine-made for consistent texture across every square inch. At 2.5 pounds, the blanket drapes easily without sliding off furniture and moves from room to room without effort.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw blanket is built to order in the hummingbird and floral pattern shown, with the dual-texture polyester-sherpa combination as specified. The 50\" x 70\" size is the standard offering for this design, generous enough to cover a sofa arm or drape across two seat cushions comfortably.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYour throw blanket will be ready in 8-10 weeks. American crafting takes time, and each piece moves through domestic processing on its own schedule rather than sitting in warehouse stock. Once it ships, free standard curbside delivery to the continental USA is included.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket Fit Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa or fold it lengthwise along the back cushions for a layer of texture that invites a second look. Pair it with coordinating pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection or layer it over a neutral bench in the bedroom. For covered outdoor spaces, place it on wicker seating and explore the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e range to outfit your patio with fade-resistant textiles that clean up in a standard machine cycle.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw blanket is crafted to order in 8-10 weeks, then ships free to the continental USA via standard curbside delivery.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt's finished in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate -- American craftsmanship on every order.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50\" x 70\" throw covers a standard sofa arm or drapes comfortably across two seat cushions, offering single-person warmth and furniture-accent coverage.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low -- the fade-resistant polyester microfiber and sherpa backing hold their softness through repeated cleanings.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs free shipping available for this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, every order ships free via standard curbside delivery to the continental USA, with optional white-glove services available for an additional fee upon request.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51675661271316,"sku":"ASB174BE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Hummingbirds-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789457326"},{"product_id":"hushed-form-throw-blanket","title":"Hushed Form 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber, soft touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal broken-line stripes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFade Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, UV stabilized for indoor and covered outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Washable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, gentle cycle, tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, delivering a throw blanket built for comfort you can feel and care you can count on. This 50-inch by 70-inch throw features a soft microfiber front paired with a warm sherpa backing that wraps you in real warmth without the fuss. The Hushed Form 50\" x 70\" throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's made with fade-resistant polyester microfiber on the front and cozy sherpa polyester on the reverse, machine-constructed for consistent quality across every inch. The horizontal broken-line stripe pattern is woven into UV-stabilized fibers that hold their color indoors and on covered patios, and the entire piece undergoes final crafting in the USA. You're getting a blanket that resists fading from sunlight and cleans up in a standard washing machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks. Because it's crafted to order, you're not pulling from warehouse stock -- you're receiving a piece processed specifically for you. That timing ensures the sherpa backing bonds properly and the fade-resistant treatment sets completely before it leaves the facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should You Use This Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50-by-70-inch coverage works beautifully draped over sofas or layered on beds, and the UV resistance means you can toss it over patio chairs without worrying about sun damage. Pair it with coordinating pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows collection\u003c\/a\u003e to build a cohesive look, or use it as a standalone accent in living rooms and covered outdoor seating areas. Its soft microfiber front feels luxurious against skin, while the sherpa backing traps warmth on cooler evenings -- indoors or out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I wash this throw in my home machine?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, machine wash it on a gentle cycle with cold water and tumble dry on low heat -- no professional cleaning required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWill the stripes fade if I use this outside?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe polyester is UV stabilized, so the pattern holds its color on covered patios and decks where it's shielded from constant direct sun.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMade-to-order items follow a different return policy than stock pieces; call 833-566-6526 to discuss your specific situation before ordering.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow does sherpa backing compare to fleece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eSherpa mimics the texture of sheep's wool with a thicker, fuzzier pile than fleece, trapping more warmth and adding weight that keeps the throw in place.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size sofa does a 50-by-70-inch throw cover?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eIt drapes nicely over a loveseat or across one end of a standard three-seater, offering enough coverage for one or two people to snuggle underneath.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675667398932,"sku":"ASB589BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675667431700,"sku":"ASB589BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":51675667464468,"sku":"ASB589CF50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675667497236,"sku":"ASB589GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675667530004,"sku":"ASB589GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ivory","offer_id":51675667562772,"sku":"ASB589IV50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675667595540,"sku":"ASB589TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Hushed-Form-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789410352"},{"product_id":"lazy-rivers-throw-blanket","title":"Lazy Rivers 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown, Chocolate, Green, Gray, Blue, Olive, Purple, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing, and the Lazy Rivers 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket delivers plush sherpa warmth wrapped in fade-resistant polyester microfiber with intricate diamond-patterned designs. The Lazy Rivers throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 50 by 70 inches it offers enough coverage for two people or a full three-seat sofa, and the dual-texture construction -- soft microfiber on top, cozy sherpa underneath -- adds layered comfort you'll reach for year-round.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's machine-made from 100% polyester fiber with a sherpa backing that traps warmth without weight. The microfiber front resists fading over time, so the diamond motifs stay vibrant through repeated washes and daily use. Final crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, ensuring quality control at every step.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou can order it in eight colors -- brown, chocolate, green, gray, blue, olive, purple, or teal -- to match your existing palette or layer with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e for seasonal texture. Each one carries the same diamond pattern and dual-texture construction, so the choice comes down to the shade that anchors your room best.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n8-10 weeks. Because it's made to order, your blanket is processed specifically for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock. Once it ships, delivery to the continental USA is free with no minimum order.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does It Work Best in Your Home?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it over one arm of your sofa and let it spill onto the seat for an inviting, lived-in look, or fold it into thirds across the back of a bench in your bedroom to introduce bohemian texture without clutter. The generous 50-by-70-inch size also works beautifully layered with \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in your living room, and because the polyester microfiber holds up well in covered outdoor areas, you can bring it to a screened porch or gazebo when the evening cools. Pair it with pieces from the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows collection\u003c\/a\u003e to build layers that shift with the seasons.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003e8-10 weeks, since each blanket is processed to order using domestic crafting on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you can order it in brown, chocolate, green, gray, blue, olive, purple, or teal, all with the same diamond pattern and sherpa backing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a throw blanket like this?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat to preserve the softness and color through repeated washes.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this blanket ship free?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, all orders ship free to the continental USA with no minimum purchase requirement.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675676999956,"sku":"ASB708BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chocolate","offer_id":51675677032724,"sku":"ASB708CH50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675677065492,"sku":"ASB708GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675677098260,"sku":"ASB708GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675677131028,"sku":"ASB708NA50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive","offer_id":51675677163796,"sku":"ASB708OL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675677196564,"sku":"ASB708PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675677229332,"sku":"ASB708TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Lazy-Rivers-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789447048"},{"product_id":"leaves-flamingos-throw-blanket","title":"Leaves \u0026 Flamingos 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester (microfiber)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester (sherpa)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nThis oversized throw blanket is built in the USA with a soft-touch microfiber front and a warm sherpa backing that layers tropical color onto your sofa or bed. The Leaves \u0026amp; Flamingos 50\" x 70\" throw blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. At 50 by 70 inches, it gives you plenty of room to curl up under flamingos and palm fronds without fighting for coverage.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted domestically using polyester microfiber on the front and sherpa fleece on the reverse, both processed here in the USA. The fade-resistant polyester construction holds up indoors and on covered patios, and the dual-layer design traps warmth without weight. Machine construction keeps the edges clean and the print vibrant through repeated washing.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis design comes as shown -- the flamingo-and-palm print on a 50-by-70-inch rectangle. Because it's made to order, you're getting a fresh piece built for you rather than one that's been sitting in a warehouse. If you're looking for a different pattern or size, browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for more options built the same way.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis blanket ships in 8-10 weeks. That lead time reflects domestic processing and quality control before it leaves the facility. Once it ships, you'll get free standard curbside delivery anywhere in the continental USA, and you can request white-glove service for an additional fee if you'd like in-room placement.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does It Work Best in Your Home?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it over the back of your sofa or fold it lengthwise across one arm so the flamingo print shows when you're not using it. It pairs well with neutral \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e that let the tropical palette stand out, or layer it with other coastal-hued \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e for a curated look. The 70-inch length also works folded at the foot of a queen bed as a decorative accent that's within reach when you want extra warmth.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis throw ships in 8-10 weeks, crafted to order in the USA and delivered free to your door in the continental states.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose a different color or pattern?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis design comes as shown, but our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blanket collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries other made-to-order prints and solids you can customize.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate, so you're supporting American manufacturing.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause it's built specifically for you, returns follow our made-to-order policy -- contact us at operations@uptownsebastian.com before placing your order if you have questions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eIs this blanket machine washable?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, machine wash it on gentle cycle in cold water and tumble dry on low to keep the microfiber soft and the sherpa backing fluffy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50-by-70-inch throw like this one covers most sofas with enough width and length for one person to tuck under comfortably without it sliding off.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51675687616788,"sku":"ASB207PI50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Leaves-Flamingos-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789457602"},{"product_id":"leaves-throw-blanket","title":"Leaves 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa backing, 100% Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made, fade-resistant for indoor and covered outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle, tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with final assembly in the USA using domestic processing, this oversized throw wraps you in dual-texture warmth -- a soft polyester microfiber front meets a plush sherpa back. The Leaves 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Built for year-round comfort, its generous proportions and fade-resistant construction make it equally at home draped across a living room sofa or folded at the foot of a guest bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's machine-made from 100% polyester microfiber on the front and backed with warm sherpa fleece, both engineered to resist fading whether you're using it indoors or on a covered patio. The construction balances softness with durability, and at 2.5 pounds it's light enough to move from room to room yet substantial enough to stay put when you toss it over a chair. Final crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so you're getting American quality control on every blanket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw is made to order in the overscaled tropical leaf pattern you see here, with the soft-touch polyester front and sherpa backing as its standard build. Because it's crafted for you rather than pulled from warehouse stock, you're assured a fresh piece every time -- no shelf wear, no compromises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 8-10 weeks from the day you order to the day it arrives at your door. That lead time reflects the made-to-order nature of the blanket: it's processed and finished in the USA for you, not sitting on a shelf waiting to ship. Free standard curbside delivery is included to the continental United States, and because polyester is famously forgiving, there's no break-in period -- it's soft and ready the moment you unfold it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50x70 Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it lengthwise over the back of a sectional in your living room for a layer of texture and pattern, or fold it in thirds at the foot of a queen bed for an instant tropical accent. The fade-resistant construction means you can leave it on a covered porch chair all summer without worrying about sun bleach, and its machine-washable care keeps it looking fresh in high-traffic spaces. Pair it with coordinating \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e for a cohesive layered look, or browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blanket\u003c\/a\u003e collection to find the scale and pattern that suits your room best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build this throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eProduction and delivery take 8-10 weeks, because every blanket is made to order in the USA rather than kept in warehouse stock.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece like this?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works for a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis 50x70-inch dimension is ideal for most sofas, giving you enough length to drape over the arm or tuck around yourself while seated.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate, ensuring American quality control on every piece.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester microfiber throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle and tumble dry on low heat to keep the microfiber soft and the sherpa backing fluffy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes Uptown Sebastian offer free shipping on throw blankets?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- free standard curbside delivery is included on all orders to the continental United States with no minimum purchase.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51675688108308,"sku":"ASB198FG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Leaves-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789464930"},{"product_id":"lobster-throw-blanket","title":"Lobster 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (WxD):\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester microfiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber Content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sherpa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle, tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted in the USA with domestically processed polyester microfiber and sherpa backing, this oversized throw blanket delivers the warmth and generous coverage you want when the temperature drops. The Lobster 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Its vintage-inspired lobster print and dual-texture design make it as much a style accent as a practical layer for sofas, beds, or covered outdoor furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Throw Blanket Actually Built?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built with a soft-touch polyester microfiber front and a plush sherpa polyester backing that create a luxurious contrast you'll feel the moment you wrap it around yourself. Polyester microfiber is fade-resistant, so the vibrant lobster print holds its color whether you drape the blanket on a sun-drenched couch or tuck it over a patio chair. Machine-made construction ensures consistent quality and easy care -- toss it in the washer on gentle, tumble dry on low, and it's ready to use again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw blanket is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time. Each piece is built after you place your order, which means you're getting a freshly crafted product finished to current standards rather than one that's been sitting in a warehouse. Free shipping to the continental USA is included, and if you order a piece of leather furniture alongside it, that piece carries a 10-year guarantee on its frame and suspension systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Do With a 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can drape it diagonally across one arm of your sofa to show off both the microfiber front and the sherpa backing, fold it lengthwise and lay it across the seat back for a layered look, or tuck it over the foot of a queen-size bed as a decorative accent. The oversized 50\" x 70\" dimensions give you more coverage than standard throws, so it's practical for full-body wrapping when you're curled up reading or watching a movie. Pair it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary neutrals or with solid-colored \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in cream, navy, or coral to let the vintage lobster print anchor your color scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is this throw blanket made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting takes place in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, so you're supporting American manufacturing jobs while getting a quality product.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do I wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine-wash it on a gentle cycle with cold water and tumble dry on low to preserve the sherpa backing's loft and the microfiber front's softness.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I use this blanket outdoors?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, the fade-resistant polyester is rated for covered outdoor use on screened porches or shaded patios, though it's best kept out of direct rain.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket works best on a standard sofa?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50\" x 70\" blanket provides ample coverage for standard sofas while leaving enough overhang to tuck or drape decoratively without overwhelming the piece.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this throw blanket ship free?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, free shipping is included on all orders to the continental USA with no minimum purchase required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51675689189652,"sku":"ASB150BE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Lobster-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789462921"},{"product_id":"loops-lines-throw-blanket","title":"Loops Lines 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Polyester Microfiber (mink-touch front, sherpa backing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taupe, Blue, Charcoal, Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable (gentle cycle), tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWhen bare furniture needs warmth and your evening routine calls for something soft, dual-texture construction delivers both without choosing between them. The Loops Lines 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket pairs a mink-touch polyester front with plush sherpa backing for year-round layering, available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Woven horizontal lines punctuated by vertical accents bring dimension to transitional spaces, and machine-washable polyester holds color through repeated laundering -- no dry-cleaning appointments, no fading after a summer on the porch.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's crafted in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate, with the mink-touch face bonded to sherpa backing for dual-sided comfort. The rectangular weave runs 50 inches wide and 70 inches long, sized to drape across standard sofas or fold at the foot of a queen bed. Polyester microfiber resists fading under indoor lighting and covered outdoor exposure, so the piece holds its look whether it lives on the couch or moves to a screened porch.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nYou'll select from four colorways -- Taupe, Blue, Charcoal, or Brown -- each rendered in the same textured line pattern. Dimensions and construction stay constant across the palette, so your choice centers on which neutral anchors your existing \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e or complements upholstery tones. The piece ships as shown; no custom sizing or monogramming is offered on this blanket.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis blanket is made to order, with an 8-10 week lead time from the day you place your order. That window accounts for domestic processing, quality checks, and packing before it ships to you at no charge anywhere in the continental USA. Once it leaves the facility, standard curbside delivery brings it to your door; white-glove placement and packaging removal are available as optional paid services if you prefer hands-off unpacking.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket on a Sofa?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it diagonally across one arm for a casual cascade, or fold it lengthwise along the back cushions so the sherpa side peeks out when guests settle in. Pair it with accent pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to unify your palette, and anchor the arrangement with a low coffee table that lets the textile's texture take center stage. In bedrooms, fold the blanket at the foot of the mattress where cool mornings call for an extra layer you can pull up without disturbing the duvet.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis blanket is made to order with an 8-10 week lead time, processed domestically before it ships free to your door.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eUptown Sebastian offers a 100% satisfaction guarantee; contact the team at 833-566-6526 to discuss return eligibility on custom-ordered textiles.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 50 x 70 inches, this blanket fits most standard sofas with enough width to drape across seat cushions and length to tuck or cascade over the arm.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a polyester throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on gentle cycle with cold or warm water, then tumble dry on low heat to preserve the mink-touch softness and sherpa loft.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eDoes this blanket shed?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003ePolyester microfiber sheds minimally; tumble drying after the first wash removes any loose fibers, and subsequent laundering keeps the surface clean.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675690008852,"sku":"ASB37SG50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675690041620,"sku":"ASB37BL50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":51675690074388,"sku":"ASB37GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675690107156,"sku":"ASB37BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Loops-Lines-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789454124"},{"product_id":"modern-throw-blanket","title":"Modern 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Designer Throw, Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber front, sherpa backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown, Blue, Green, Gold, Purple, Teal, Taupe, Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry on low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nFinal crafting happens right here in the USA, where domestic processing transforms polyester microfiber and sherpa into a dual-texture throw that wraps you in warmth without the weight. The Modern 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping delivers oversized coverage -- long enough to drape over a sofa arm or fold across your lap -- with a soft microfiber front and a plush sherpa backing that holds heat on cold evenings.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nIt's built from fade-resistant polyester microfiber bonded to a sherpa backing, finished in the USA using domestic processing methods. The dual-layer construction keeps the graphic pattern crisp on the front while the sherpa traps warmth against your skin, and the 2.5-pound weight stays light enough to carry from room to room without bulk.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Colors Can You Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis throw arrives in eight modern shades: brown, blue, green, gold, purple, teal, taupe, and orange. Each colorway carries the same oversized graphic shapes across the microfiber face, so you can match your existing palette or build a new one around the blanket's pattern.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Soon Will It Arrive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nThis blanket is made to order and ships in 8-10 weeks. That lead time lets the maker craft each piece to your color choice, and once it leaves the workshop you'll receive free curbside delivery to any address in the continental USA with no minimum order required.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Does a 50x70 Throw Work Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\nDrape it lengthwise over the arm of a sofa in your living room so the sherpa backing peeks out, or fold it into thirds and layer it across the center cushions. Pair it with coordinating accent pieces from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e collection to anchor a cohesive color story, and browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket\"\u003ethrow blankets\u003c\/a\u003e range to find matching textures for bedrooms and reading nooks. The fade-resistant construction also works on covered porches and shaded patios where you need warmth without worrying about sun exposure.\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow long does it take to build?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThis blanket is made to order in 8-10 weeks, then ships free to the continental USA.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I choose the color?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes -- you'll select from eight modern shades when you order: brown, blue, green, gold, purple, teal, taupe, or orange.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order piece?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eReturnability follows the option you ordered, not how the piece was built. A size, finish or configuration shown as an option on this page can be returned within 30 days of delivery, subject to a 20% restocking fee -- whatever its build time. A specially requested size, or a piece made in your own material, is custom and is not returnable except on damage. Trade accounts have the restocking fee waived.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow do you wash a sherpa-backed throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eMachine wash on a gentle cycle with cold water, then tumble dry on low heat to preserve the sherpa texture and microfiber softness.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhat size throw blanket fits a standard couch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eA 50\" x 70\" blanket provides generous coverage for most sofas -- enough to drape over one arm or fold across the seat cushions without slipping off.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675695710484,"sku":"ASB696BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675695743252,"sku":"ASB696BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":51675695776020,"sku":"ASB696GE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":51675695808788,"sku":"ASB696GO50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675695841556,"sku":"ASB696PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675695874324,"sku":"ASB696TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Taupe","offer_id":51675695907092,"sku":"ASB696TP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51675695939860,"sku":"ASB696TR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Modern-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs.jpg?v=1789450117"},{"product_id":"muted-whispers-throw-blanket","title":"Muted Whispers 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket - Ships in 2-3 Days","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ll-desc\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails at a Glance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 in. W x 70 in. L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester microfiber (front), sherpa (back)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Brown, Gray, Purple, Teal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Final crafting in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine washable on gentle cycle; tumble dry low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis oversized throw blanket is crafted in the USA using domestic processing, delivering soft microfiber comfort on one side and cozy sherpa warmth on the other. The Muted Whispers 50\" x 70\" Throw Blanket is available at Uptown Sebastian with free shipping. Built to order in five watercolor-inspired colors, it's designed for year-round use indoors or on a covered porch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Is This Blanket Actually Made?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's machine-made with fade-resistant polyester microfiber forming the soft-touch face and warm sherpa backing bonded to create dual-texture comfort. Final crafting happens in the USA using domestic processing on an imported substrate, then it's inspected and shipped to you. The construction is light enough to carry from room to room but substantial enough to keep you warm on cool evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Can You Choose on This Piece?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll choose from five watercolor-inspired colors that blend tonal hues for a soothing, modern look:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one is made to order, so you're guaranteed fresh fabric and consistent color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Long Does It Take to Build?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw blanket is built to order in 8-10 weeks. Because it's crafted specifically for you, every piece starts fresh when you place your order, ensuring you receive the exact color you selected with no warehouse dust or handling wear. All orders to the continental USA ship free once your blanket is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do You Style a Throw Blanket Like This?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrape it lengthwise over one arm of your sofa for an effortless, lived-in look, or fold it neatly across the back of a reading chair to keep it within reach. Pair it with a few \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-pillows\"\u003ethrow pillows\u003c\/a\u003e in complementary colors to build a layered, cozy corner. If you're outfitting a whole room, browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/throw-blanket-pillow\"\u003ethrows and pillows collection\u003c\/a\u003e to find coordinating textiles that tie your space together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdl\u003e\n\u003cdt\u003eHow big is this compared to a standard throw blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eAt 50 inches wide and 70 inches long, it's at the generous end of standard throw sizing -- enough to cover a loveseat or tuck around two people on a couch.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I wash it in the machine?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eYes, machine wash on gentle cycle and tumble dry on low to keep the microfiber soft and the sherpa fluffy.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eFinal crafting and quality control happen in the USA using domestic processing on an imported polyester substrate.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eCan I return a made-to-order blanket?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eBecause this piece is built to order in your chosen color, returns are subject to a custom-order policy -- contact us before ordering if you have specific concerns.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eWill the colors fade if I use it on a covered porch?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe polyester microfiber is fade-resistant and suitable for covered outdoor areas like screened porches, though it should not be left in direct rain.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n\u003cdt\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n\u003cdd\u003eThe blanket weighs 2.5 pounds, light enough to carry from room to room but warm enough for cool nights.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-callout\"\u003eReady to configure yours? Call 833-566-6526 or email operations@uptownsebastian.com.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ll-footer\"\u003eUptown Sebastian. Made to order in the USA. Free shipping to the continental USA. All product details reflect manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Addison Rugs","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51675704033556,"sku":"ASB517BU50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51675704066324,"sku":"ASB517BR50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51675704099092,"sku":"ASB517GY50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":51675704131860,"sku":"ASB517PP50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Teal","offer_id":51675704164628,"sku":"ASB517TE50X70","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0847\/0128\/2580\/files\/Muted-Whispers-50-x-70-Throw-Blanket-Throw-Blankets-Addison-Rugs_283e8e14.jpg?v=1789465160"}],"url":"https:\/\/uptownsebastian.com\/collections\/throw-blanket.oembed?page=3","provider":"Uptown Sebastian","version":"1.0","type":"link"}